Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
CATALOGUE ISSUE 1968-1969
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
■ÙS-/H
Î3
SW ARTHMORE, PEN N SYLVAN IA
A SC U SB IDS TH E LIBRARY
The Bulletin , o f which this publication is Volume
L X V I, N o. 1, is published in March, May, July,
September, October, and twice in December by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081.
Second Class postage paid at Swarthmore, Pennsyl
vania 19081.
Photographs by W alter H olt, James Purring, and
Robert B. Cohen, ’65.
(Printed in U. S. A .)
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
C A T A L O G U E ISSU E ■ 1 9 6 8 -1 9 6 9
SWARTHMORE,
PENNSYLVANIA
19081
Volume LXVI
■ Number 1 ■ September 1968
DIRECTIONS FOR CORRESPONDENCE
For Inform ation A b ou t:
G E N E R A L C O L L E G E P O L IC Y
Courtney Smith, President
A D M ISSIO N S A N D SCH O LA R SH IPS
Frederick A . Hargadon, Dean o f Admissions
REC O R D S, T R A N S C R IP T S A N D C A T A L O G U E S
John M . M oore, Registrar
F IN A N C IA L IN F O R M A T IO N
Edward K . Cratsley, Vice-President
G. Caroline Shero, Associate Controller
V O C A T IO N A L P L A C E M E N T A N D G U ID A N C E
Virginia Bullitt, Director
A L U M N I A F F A IR S A N D P U B L IC R E L A T IO N S
Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
Maralyn Orbison Gillespie, D irector o f N ew s Office
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of
administering the selection o f American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs
o f the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore College during the presidency o f D r. Frank Aydelotte, w ho served as the first
American Secretary. On the occasion o f the appointment o f Courtney Smith to
the American Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N . J., and returned
to Swarthmore when D r. Smith took up his duties as president o f the College in
September 1953.
American Secretary o f the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith
Deputy American Secretary, Gilm ore Stott
Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Ca l e n d a r ...................................................................................................................
Pe r s o n n e l .................................................................................................................
The Corporation and The Board of Managers..............................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C ou n cil..........................................
The Faculty................................................................................................ ••••
Standing Committees ........................................................................................
Divisions and Departments . . . » .....................................................................
Administrative Officers and Assistants.............................................................
Introduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e ...........................................................
A dm ission...........................................................................................................
Expenses ...............................................................................
Financial Aid and Scholarships.......................................................................
Educational Resources........................................................................................
College L i f e ....................................................................
Student Community ..........................................................................................
T he Educational Pr o g r a m ..................................................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores.........................................................
Program for Juniors and Seniors............................................ ! ......................
Reading for H o n o rs.................................
Pre-Medical Program ...........................
Faculty Regulations .......................................
Requirements for Graduation...........................................................................
Advanced D egrees.............................................................•..............................
Awards and Prizes...........................
Fellowships.............................................
Courses of In str u c tio n .....................................
Art .....................................................................................................................
Astronomy.........................................
Biology ...............................................................................................................
Chemistry ...........................................................................................................
Classics ..........................................
Economics ...........................................................................................................
Engineering........................................................................................................
English Literature..............................................................................................
H istory.................................................................................................................
International Relations......................................................................................
Mathematics .......................................................................................................
Modem Languages and Literatures.................................................................
M u sic..................
Philosophy and R eligion ....................................................................................
Physical Education for M e n ............................................................................
Physical Education for W o m e n ......................................................................
Physics.................................................................................................................
Political Science ................................................................................................
Psychology and Education................................................................................
Sociology and A nthropology...........................................................................
Reference Se c t io n ................................................
Visiting Examiners............................................................................................
Degrees Conferred............................................................................................
Awards and Distinctions..................................................................................
Enrollment Statistics................................................................; ........................
Index .......................................
Plan of College G rounds .................................
3
5
7
8
11
13
22
23
24
29
32
36
37
48
53
56
6i
63
64
65
67
70
72
73
74
76
79
8«
84
86
92
96
101
104
H7
122
127
128
133
146
150
158
160
162
166
172
179
183
184
186
190
192
193
195
1968
s
M
6
7
13 14
2 0 21
27 28
OCTOBER
s
F
w
T
T
4
5
3
1 2
9 10 1 1 12
8
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
2 9 3 0 31
NOVEMBER
w
T
T
s
M
7
5
6
4
3
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
24 25 26 27 28
s
F
1 2
9
8
15 16
22 23
29 30
DECEMBER
W T
F s
s M T
3
4
5
6
7
1 2
9 10 11 12 13 14
8
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28
2 9 3 0 31
1969
JANUARY
s
M
T
6
7
5
12 13 14
19 2 0 21
26 27 28
s
M
6
7
13 14
2 0 21
27 28
s
M
6
7
13 14
2 0 21
27 28
s
M
5
6
12 13
19 2 0
26 27
s
w
T
F
4
3
1 2
8
9 10 11
15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25
2 9 3 0 31
s
A P R IL
s
w
T
F
5
4
3
1 2
9 10 11 12
8
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 2 5 26
29 30
JU LY
w
s
T
F
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 10 1 1 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
2 9 3 0 31
T
F
3
10
17
24
31
FEBRUARY
w
T
T
6
4
5
3
2
9 10 1 1 12 13
16 17 18 19 2 0
23 24 25 26 27
T
OCTOBER
T
W T
1 2
7
8
9
14 15 16
21 2 2 2 3
28 29 30
M
s
4
11
18
25
s
T
M
MAY
W
s
1
8
7
14 15
21 2 2
28
F
F
T
1 2
9
8
6
7
4
5
1 1 12 13 14 15 16
18 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 2 3
25 26 27 28 29 30
s
AUGUST
W T
T
M
F
1
6
7
8
5
4
3
10 1 1 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 2 0 21 2 2
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
s
M
NOVEMBER
w
T
T
s
3
10
17
24
31
s
M
MARCH
w
T
T
F
7
4
5
6
3
10 1 1 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
2
9
16
23
30
8
1
8
15
22
29
JUNE
w
8
T
F
s M
T
7
4
5
6
3
1 2
9 10 11 12 13 14
8
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28
29 30
8
2
9
16
23
30
7
14
21
28
8
s
1
8
15
22
29
7
14
21
28
s
SEPTEM BER
s
w
F
T
T
6
5
4
3
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27
29 30
M
DECEMBER
F
7
4
5
6
2
3
9 10 1 1 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 2 0 21
23 2 4 25 26 27 28
30
s
w
F
T
T
6
5
4
3
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27
2 9 3 0 31
M
1970
8
M
4
5
1 1 12
18 19
25 26
s
M
JAN UAR Y
s
W T
F
T
1 2
3
8
9 10
6
7
13 14 15 16 17
2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4
2 7 2 8 2 9 3 0 31
APRIL
w
T
T
F
s
4
3
1 2
8
9 10 11
5
6
7
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
s
W T
F
s M T
5
6
7
3
4
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
22 23 2 4 25 26 27 28
s
M
T
MAY
w
T
7
5
6
4
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 2 0 21
24 25 26 27 28
31
8
F
1 2
9
8
15 16
22 23
29 30
MARCH
6
w
T
F
s M T
7
6
5
4
1 2
3
9 10 11 12 13 14
8
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28
2 9 3 0 31
s
7
14
21
28
JU N E
F s
w
T
M T
6
5
4
3
1 2
9 10 1 1 12 13
8
15 16 17 18 19 20
2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 27
29 30
COLLEGE CALENDAR
Fall Semester
September
September
September
September
October 1
November
November
December
December
1968
18-21 ........................... Freshman placement days
2 0 .................................. Meeting o f Honors students
2 1 .................................. Registration
2 3 .................................. Classes and honors seminars begin
.........................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
5 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
28-30 ........................... Thanksgiving recess
3 .................................... Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
20 ..................................Christmas vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
1969
January 6 .........................................Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m.
January 6-14 .................................. Reading period for course students
(at the option o f the instructor)
January 1 4 ...................................... Classes and seminars end
January 15 .......................................Meeting o f honors students
January 1 7 ................ ......................Registration for spring semester
January 2 0 ....................... ............Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 20 .......................................Mid-year examinations begin
January 31 .......................................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 3 ....................................... Classes begin
February 4 .......................................Executive Committee o f the Board of Managers
March 4 ........................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
March 21 .........................................Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
March 31 ......................................... Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m.
April 1 ..............................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
May 2 ............................................... Honors seminars end
May 6 ................................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
May 5-16 .........................................Reading period for course students
(at the option o f the instructor)
May 1 2 ............................................. Written honors examinations begin
May 1 6 ............................................. Classes end
May 1 9 ............................................. Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 21 ........................................... Course examinations begin
May 2 4 .................................. ...........W ritten honors examinations end
May 29-31 .......................................Oral honors examinations
May 3 1 ............................................. Course examinations end
June 2 - 4 ...........................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 6 ............................................. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
June 7 ............................................. Alumni Day
June 8 ............................................. Baccalaureate Day
June 9 ............................................. Commencement Day
5
COLLEGE CALENDAR (Tentative)
Fall Semester
September
September
September
September
October 7
November
November
December
December
1969
17-20 ........................... Freshman placement days
1 9 ..................................Meeting o f honors students
2 0 ..................................Registration
22 ......... . . ....................Classes and honors seminars begin
.........................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
4 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
27-29 ........................... Thanksgiving recess
2 .................................... Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
19 ................. ..............Christmas vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
1970
January 5 ............................. ...........Christmas vacation ends, 8:00 a.m.
January 5-13 .................................. Reading period for course students
(at the option o f the instructor)
January 13 ...................................... Classes and seminars end
January 14 .......................................Meeting o f honors students
January 1 6 ...................................... Registration for spring semester
January 19 ...................................... Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 19 ................................... .Mid-year examinations begin
January 30 .......................................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 2 . . ...........................
.Classes begin
February 3 .......................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
March 3 ........................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
March 20 .........................................Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m.
March 30 .........................................Spring vacation ends, 8:00 a.m.
A pril 7 .............................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
May 1 ...............................................Honors seminars end
May 5 ................................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
May 4-15 .........................................Reading period for course students
(at the option o f the instructor)
May 1 1 ............................................ Written honors examinations begin
May 1 5 ............................................ Classes end
May 1 8 ............................................ Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 2 0 .............................................Course examinations begin
May 2 3 ............................................ Written honors examinations end
May 28-30 ...................................... Oral honors examinations
May 3 0 ............................................ Course examinations end
June 1 - 3 ........... ............... ............... Senior comprehensive examinations
June 5 ............................................. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
June 6 ............................................. Alumni Day
June 7 ............................................. Baccalaureate Day
June 8 ............................................. Commencement Day
6
P hilip T . Sharpies D in in g H all
PERSONNEL OF
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
THE CORPORATION
Robert M. Browning , Chairman
Hewitt H ill Farm, R. D . 2, South Royalton, Vt. 05068
Philip T . Sharpies , Vice-Chairman
The Fidelity Bank Bldg., Suite 2532, 123 South Broad Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19109
Sue T homas T urner , Secretary
Cook Road, Alfred Station, N ew Y ork 14803
Joseph B. Shane , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081
Richard B. W illis, Treasurer
Provident National Bank, P. O. Box 7648, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19101
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081
BOARD OF MANAGERS
E x officio
Courtney Smith , President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Emeriti
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett , 100 W est University Parkway, Baltimore, Md.
21210.
Isabel Jenkins Booth , Jefferson House, The Strand, N ew Castle, D el. 19720.
Barclay W hite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.
A lfred H . W illiams, 216 N . Providence Road, W allingford, Pa. 19086.
Joseph H. W illits, Box 4 4 lA , Bridgetown Pike, R. D . 1, Langhorne, Pa. 19047.
U f e Members
Eleanor Stabler C larke, Crumwald Farm, 401 Rogers Lane, W allingford, Pa.
19086.
H adassah M. L. H olcombe, 1025 W estview Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19119.
C laude C. Smith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia, Pa. 19110.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, W estover Hills, W ilmington, Del.
19806.
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1968
Boyd T . Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia, Pa.
19107.
K ermit G ordon, 2202 W yom ing Ave. N .W ., Washington, D . C. 20008.
H. T homas H allowell , Jr ., T he Benson East, Jenkintown, Pa. 19046.
T homas B. M cCabe, Tinicum Island Rd. and Industrial Highway, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19113.
»E sther Ridpath D elaplaine , 6402 W est Halbert Rd., Bethesda, M d. 20034.
» W alter O . Sim on , 15 Granite Road, Alapocas, W ilm ington, D el. 19803.
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires December, 1969
W illiam F. Lee, 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Kathryn Sonneborn Read, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N . J. 08406.
Philip T . Sharples, The Fidelity Bank Bldg., Suite 2532, 123 South Broad Street,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19109.
Sue T homas T urner , Cook Road, Alfred Station, N ew Y ork 14803.
Richard B. W illis, Provident National Bank, P. O. Box 7648, Philadelphia, Pa.
19101.
«H elen Shilcock P ost, 312 Whitemarsh Valley Rd., Fort Washington, Pa. 19034.
♦Robert H . W ilson, 403 Cedar Lane, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Term Expires Decem ber, 1970
Charles F. Barber, 120 Broadway, N ew York, N . Y . 10005.
Carroll G . Bowen , 10 Ash Street Place, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.
Robert M. Browning , Hewitt H ill Farm, R. D. 2, South Royalton, Vt. 05068.
V irginia Stratton C ornell, Central Valley, N . Y . 10917.
D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid, 390 Maple Ave., East Vienna, Va. 22180.
Charles C. Price, III, 118 H illdale Road, Lansdowne, Pa. 19050.
♦Edwin M . Bush, Jr ., 120 S. La Salle, Chicago, Illinois 60603.
♦Mary B. N ew m an , 5 W illard Street, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.
Term Expires Decem ber, 1971
Carl K . D ellmuth , T he Fidelity Bank, Philadelphia, Pa. 19109.
Stephen G. Lax , G -L Industries, W estville, N . J. 08093.
Isabel Logan Lyo n , 70 East 90th Street, N ew York, N . Y . 10028.
W illiam Poole, 350 Delaware Trust Bldg., W ilm ington, D el. 19801.
H oward S. T urner , Turner Construction Co., 150 E. 42nd Street, N ew York,
N . Y . 10017.
♦G. Lupton Broomell , Jr ., Leeds and Northrup Co., N orth W ales, Pa. 19454.
♦An n Lapham Frazer, 510 Beatty Road, Springfield, Pa. 19064.
Committees
of the
Board
T he Chairman o f the Board i. e x officio a member o f every Committee
Executive
Boyd T. Barnard
Eleanor Stabler C larke
Carl K. D ellmuth
H. T homas Hallowell , Jr .
W illiam F. Lee
T homas B. M cCabe
Charles C. Price, III
K athryn Sonneborn R ead
Philip T. Sharples
C laude C. Smith
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
Richard B. W illis
H elen G awthrop W orth
Finance and Trusts Administration
Richard B. W illis
Carl K. D ellmuth
H. T homas H allowell , Jr .
T homas B. M cCabe
C laude C. Smith
H oward S. T urner
Instruction and Libraries
Charles C. Price, III
Charles F. Barber
Carroll G. Bowen
Esther Ridpath D elaplaine
K ermit G ordon
H adassah M. L. H olcombe
W illiam Poole
C laude C. Smith
Sue T homas T urner
H elen G awthrop W orth
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.
9
Investment
T homas B. M cCabe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
H. T homas H allowell , Jr .
J. Lawrence Shane
Philip T. Sharples
Richard B. W illis
Property
W illiam
Boyd T.
V irginia
M ary B.
F. Lee
Barnard
Stratton Cornell
N ewman
K athryn Sonneborn Read
W alter O. Simon
H oward S. T urner
Robert H. W ilson
Student Activities
Sue T homas T urner
Carroll G. Bowen
G. Lupto N Broomell, Jr .
Edwin M. Bush , Jr .
Eleanor Stabler C larke
Esther Ridpath D elaplaine
A n n Lapham Frazer
Stephen G. Lax
Isabel Logan Lyon
D orothy Shoemaker M cD iarmid
H elen Shilcock P ost
Claude C. Smith
Nominating
Richard B. W illis
V irginia Stratton Cornell
Carl K. D ellmuth
Isabel Logan Lyon
H elen Shilcock Post
H oward S. T urner
Developm ent
Carl K. D ellmuth
V irginia Stratton Cornell
H. T homas H allowell , Jr.
Stephen G. Lax
W illiam F. Lee
Isabel Logan Lyon
W illiam Poole
Philip T. Sharples
W alter O. Simon
Robert H. W ilson
10
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS
1967-1969
President, T homas B. D arlington ’45, Box 156, N ew Lisbon, N . J. 08046.
Vice-President for Men, John L. D ugan , Jr . '43, 5 H illside Ave., Short Hills, N . J.
07078.
Vice-President fo r W om en, C ornelia C larke Schmidt ’46, 147 Brookstone Dr.,
Princeton, N . J. 08540.
Secretary, N ancy R obinson Posel ’ 51, 1060 M ill Rd. Cr., Jenkintown, Pa. 19046.
ALUMNI COUNCIL
T erm Expires
June
Z on e A
1969 Peter W . K aiser ’ 43, 921 W inding Lane, Media, Pa. 19063.
J. Lawrence Shane ’ 56, 21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Lawrence A . Y earsley ’48, R. D . 3, Coatesville, Pa. 19320.
1970 H enry J. Bode ’ 55, 18 Eastwood Dr., Wilbraham, Mass. 01095.
T homas D . Jones, Jr . ’ 53, 212 Herrontown Rd., Princeton, N. J. 08540.
1971 A lan R. H unt ’ 51, 603 Ogden Ave., Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
John A . M iller, II ’4 l, 913 W in din g Lane, Media, Pa. 19063.
1969 Elizabeth D obson Broomell ’ 37, Gypsy H ill & Evans Rd., Gwynedd Val
ley, Pa. 19437.
1970
1971
Bolling Byrd Clarke ’49, 430 Strath Haven Ave., Swarthmore, Pa. 19081.
Y vonne M otley M cCabe ’ 50, 412 Rogers Lane, W allingford, Pa. 19086.
Esther Jones Bissell '50, 634 W . Cliveden St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19119.
M argery Paxson Jones ’ 56, 308 W oodbridge Lane, Media, Pa. 19063.
H olly R oss D raper ’ 37, 1625 Montgomery Ave., Villanova, Pa. 19085.
Ruth W ilcox M ahler ’ 49, 258 M oore Street, Princeton, N . J. 08540.
Z on e B
1969
1970
1971
1969
1970
James H. Beardsley ’ 38, Pine H ill Drive, R. F. D . 1, Katonah, N . Y. 10536.
Jerome K ohlberg, Jr . ’46, 4 Quarry Rd., Larchmont, N . Y . 10538.
Charles N . Stabler ’ 50, Box 306, Rocky H ill, N ew Jersey 08553.
Stephen L. Beers ’43, 19 Kelburne Ave., N . Tarrytown, N . Y . 10591.
Samuel L. H ayes III ’ 57, 560 Riverside Dr., N ew York, N . Y . 10027.
M uriel Eckes Z acharias ’ 37, 433 Ridgefield Rd., W ilton, Conn. 06897.
G loria Evans D illenbeck ’ 47, 236 Highland Ave., Upper Montclair, N . J.
07043.
1971
Barbara M uller O rnstein ’ 49, 1099 K ing Street, Greenwich, Conn. 06830.
Elinor P. G riest ’43, 24 E. Tenth St., N ew York, N . Y . 10003.
T amzin M acD onald M cM inn ’ 58, 90 May Dr., Chatham, N . J. 07928.
Z on e C
1969
T homas A. K ershaw , II ’ 60, 25 Chestnut Street, Boston, Mass. 02108.
Elinor Jones Clapp ’46, 309 Olney Street, Providence, R. I. 02906.
1970
1971
1970
Charles A . Caldwell ’ 38, 1118 Basil Road, McLean, Va. 22101.
Frank A. Sieverts ’ 55, 4216 Mathewson Dr., N .W ., Washington, D . C.
20011.
Sally M acLellan Councill ’46, 5604 N ewington Rd., Washington, D . C.
1971
Elizabeth Gawthrop D onnelly ’43, 11 W . Kirke St., Chevy Chase, Md.
Z on e D
20016.
20015.
11
Zon e E
1969
W . D ean T rautman ’ 42, 12 Pepperwood Lane, Cleveland, O hio 44124.
M arianne Leas W olfe ’ 50, 7066 W oodland Road, Ben Avon, Pittsburgh,
Pa. 15202.
1970
Joseph P. Baker ’ 59, 1701 Lee Rd., Apt. 215c, W inter Park, Fla. 32789.
Robin Cooley Krivanek , 2802 Gaines Street, Tampa, Fla. 33618.
1970
G eoffrey C. H azard, Jr . ’ 53, 4808 S. Kimbark Ave., Chicago, 111. 60615.
O rville R. W right, Jr. ’ 54, 11009 Territorial Dr., Burnsville, Minn. 55378.
Elizabeth D arbishire M cN eill '43, 5327 S. University Ave., Chicago, 111.
Z on e F
Z on e G
1971
1970
60615.
1971
Laudie D immette Porter ’ 57, 202 Elm, Northfield, Minn. 55057.
Z on e H
1969
1971
1969
1971
W alter M. D ickey ’61, 1749 Valpico Drive, San Jose, Calif. 95124.
Richard W . Coles '61, 508 Citadel Ave., Claremont, Calif. 91711.
A lice Rickey Jakle ’ 39, 11634 W in din g W ay, Los Altos, Calif. 94022.
Barbara H addad Ryan ’ 59, 1 D ow ning Street, Denver, Colo. 80218.
12
THE FACULTY
Courtney Smith , P resid en t....................................................................324 Cedar Lane
B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H .D., and Litt.D.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor o f Eco
nomics ...........................................................................................741 Harvard Avenue
B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Joseph B. Shane , Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Pro
fessor o f E d ucation ...........................................................................550 Elm Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
G ilmore Stott , Administrative Assistant to the President, and Lecturer in Phi
losophy ................................................................................... 318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University o f O x
ford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor o f C la ssics......................... 406 W alnut Lane
B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’s College; M .A., N ew Y ork University;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago.
John M. M oore, Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor o f Philosophy and Re
ligion .................... ..........................................................................512 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A., Harvard Uni
versity; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert A. Barr, Jr ., Dean o f M e n ........................................... 109 Columbia Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Barbara P earson Lange , Dean o f W o m e n ......................................... 1 Crum Ledge
Frederick A. H argadon, Dean o f Admissions and Lecturer in Political Science,
Cunningham House
B.A., Haverford College.
James F. G ov an , L ibrarian ..................................................................730 Y ale Avenue
B.A., The University o f the South; M .A., Emory University; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University.
Martha A. Connor , Associate Librarian............................. 325 Dartmouth Avenue
B.S., M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Emeriti
Mary A lbertson , Isaac H . Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History and Interna
tional R ela tio n s............................................................................. 505 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M .A . and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
Lydia Baer , Associate Professor Emeritus o f German,
Manatee River Hotel, Bradenton, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Edward H. Cox , Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus o f Chemistry, 509 Ogden Ave.
B.S., Earlham College; M .A ., Harvard University; Docteur ès Science, L’Uni
versité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier; D.Sc.,
Earlham College.
H enry Jermain M aude Creighton, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus o f Chem
istry .................................. Tigh-Solas, G len Margaret, N ova Scotia, Canada
B.A., M .A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University o f Birming
ham; D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Ziirich; D.Sc., Swarthmore
College.
Robert H. D u n n , Associate Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
D uncan G raham Foster, Professor Emeritus o f Chemistry . . . .15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
Milan W . G arrett, Professor Emeritus o f Physics,
101 Orchard Circle, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
B.A. and M .A . Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., University o f Oxford.
Philip M arshall H icks, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus of
English Literature .................... .......................................................... Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
13
Everett L. H u nt , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus o f English,
211 N . Princeton Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M .A., University o f Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
H oward M alcolm Jenkins, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor Emeritus
o f E n g in eerin g .............................................................
506 N orth Chester Road
B.A. and E.E. Swarthmore College.
Fredric K lees, Professor Emeritus o f E n g lis h ................ 220 South Chester Road
B.A., Bowdoin College.
O lga Lang , Associate Professor Emeritus o f Russian,
352 W . 110th St., N ew York, N . Y .
Graduate, University o f M oscow ; Ph.D., Columbia University.
H arold M . M arch , Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus o f French,
18 Day St., Northampton, Mass.
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Y ale University.
Edith Philips, Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus o f French,
517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
James D . Sorber, Professor Emeritus o f S p an ish ......................... 404 W alnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M .A ., University o f Nebraska.
A lfred J. Sw a n , Professor Emeritus o f Music,
773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A. and M .A ., University o f Oxford.
C lair W ilcox, Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political Economy,
510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., O hio State University; Ph.D., Uni
versity o f Pennsylvania.
Elizabeth Cox W right, Professor Emeritus o f English,
Rose Valley Road, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., W ellesley College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Professors
Edwin A llaire, Visiting Professor o f P h ilo s o p h y ................ Swarthmore College
B.A., D rew University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Iowa.
M onroe C. Beardsley, Charles and Harriett C ox M cD ow ell Professor o f Phi
losophy ................................................1916 Delancey Place, Philadelphia, Pa.
B.A. and Ph.D., Y ale University.
G eorge J. Becker, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor o f English,
401 W alnut Lane
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Washington.
W ilhelm Becker, Visiting Professor o f Astronomy (University o f Basel)
Swarthmore College
Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin.
JPaul H. Beik, Centennial Professor o f History ......................... 4 W hittier Place
B.A., Union College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University.
H einrich Brinkmann , Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professor of
Mathematics .................................................. ....................................403 W alnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T . Carpenter, Isaiah V. Williamson Professor o f Civil and Mechanical
E n gin eerin g.................................. ................................................. 612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E. and M.S., O hio State University.
H ilde D . Cohn , Professor o f German ......................... .... .302 North Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University o f Heidelberg.
D avid Cowden , Professor o f E n g lis h ........................... ............... 312 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
W . C. Elmore, M orris L. Clothier Professor o f P h y s ic s ............525 W alnut Lane
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H . Clothier, Jr. Professor o f Biology . . .311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan.
E. J. Faulkner , Professor o f Physical Education fo r M en . . 235 Dickinson Avenue
$ Absent on leave, 1968-69.
14
Edward A . Fehnel , Professor o f C h em istry...........................
■ 600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
James A. Field, Jr ., Isaac H . Clothier Prof essor of History . .612 Hillborn Avenue
B.S., M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Launce J. Flemister, Professor o f Zoology,
Rogers Lane and Plush M ill Road, W allingford, Pa.
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., D uke University.
iCHARLES E. G ilbert, Professor o f Political S c ie n c e ........... 223 Kenyon Avenue
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Edmund Allen Professor o f Chemistry,
311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
Laurence D . Lafore, Professor o f H i s t o r y ........................... Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and
Diplomacy.
. .
tL uzern G. Livingston, Professor o f B o ta n y ......... ..................15 Dartmouth Circle
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University o f W isconsin.
.
W illem T Luyten , Visiting Professor o f Astronomy (University o f Minnesota)
Swarthmore College
Ph.D., University o f Leiden.
M autner , Professor o f German ..................................408 W alnut Lane
Dr. Phil., University o f Vienna.
John D . M cCrum m , Howard N . and Ada J. Eavenson Professor o f Engineering,
J
506 North Chester Rd.
j Franz H.
B.A. and M.S., University o f Colorado.
N orman A. M einkoth , Professor o f Zoology,
HBW
„ . , ., „
431 W est W oodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
B. o f Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University
of Illinois.
.
.
Bernard M orrill, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor o f Engineering,
21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M.M.E., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University o f Michigan.
I
H elen F. N orth , Centennial Professor o f C lassics.................... 604 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Cornell University.
Martin O stwald, Professor o f Classics ....................................... 2n / U llttJer.
B.A., University o f Toronto; M .A ., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
_
.
T Roland Pennock , Richter Professor o f Political Science . . . . 3 W hittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Frank C. Pierson, Joseph Wharton Professor o f Political Economy,
740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
H edley H. Rhys, Professor o f A rt H is t o r y ................ •■••••••• ■512 Elm Avenue
B.A., W est Virginia University;
M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
D avid Rosen, Professor o f Mathematics ................ 336 N orth Princeton Avenue
B.A., N ew Y ork University; M .A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
. . . . . . . . 5 Whittier Place
B.A. Yeshiva College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
D avid G.’ Smith , Professor o f Political S c ie n c e ..............¡fm fim Harvard Avenue
B.A. and M .A., University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni-
D avid L.’ Rosenhan , Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y .........
versity.
i
Francis P. T afoya , Professor o f F r e n c h .........................635 North Chester Road
BA
and M .A ., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University.
Frederick B. T olles, Howard M . and Charles F. Jenkins Professor o f Quaker
History and Research and D irector o f the Friends Historical Library,
J
606 Elm Avenue
B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College.
$ Absent on leave, 1968-69.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69.
15
Peter
van de K am p , Edward H icks M agill Professor o f Astronomy and Director
o f Sprout Observatory ............................................................. 15 Wellesley Road
Cand. and Docts., University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University o f California;
D . Phil., University o f Groningen.
Robert M. W alker, Professor o f A rt History ......................... 212 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M .F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ans W allach , Centennial Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y ................604 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin.
N eal A . W eber, Professor o f Z o o l o g y ........................................... l W hittier Place
B.A., M.S., and D.Sc., University o f North Dakota; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
H arrison M orris W right, Professor o f H i s t o r y ......................... 319 Cedar Lane
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A ssociate Professors
G eorge C. A very, Associate Professor of G e r m a n ........... 230 Haverford Avenue
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Carl Barus, Associate Professor o f Electrical Engineering . . . . 8 W hittier Place
B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology.
D aniel Bennett , Associate Professor o f P h ilo s o p h y ................ 515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Stanford University.
O lexa-M yron Bilaniuk , Associate Professor o f P h y s ic s ................ 4 Crum Ledge
Ingénieur, Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S., M .A., and Ph.D., Uni
versity o f Michigan.
D avid L. Bowler , Associate Professor o f Electrical Engineering,
505 Y ale Avenue
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Leon Bramson , Associate Professor o f S o c io lo g y .................... 333 Vassar Avenue
B.A. and M .A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Raymond D oby, Associate Professor o f Engineering ........... Dartmouth House
B.M.E. and M.S., N ew Y ork University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Lewis H. Elverson, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for Men,
6 W hittier Place
B.S., University o f Pennsylvania.
Sheldon Feldman , Associate Professor o f P s y ch o lo g y ............Swarthmore College
B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Y ale University.
A lan Friedman , Associate Professor o f E n g lis h .................... Swarthmore College
B.A., Harvard University; M .A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
{K enneth J. G ergen, Associate Professor o f Psychology . . . . 602 Elm Avenue
B.A., Y ale University; Ph.D., D uke University.
M ark A . H eald, Associate Professor o f Physics ................ 420 Rutgers Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Stevens H eckscher, Associate Professor o f Mathematics,
Pritchard Lane, W allingford, Pa.
B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Eleanor K. H ess, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for W om en,
302 N . Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., University o f Pennsylvania.
T imothy K. K itao , Associate Professor o f A rt H istory . . 317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M .A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard Uni
versity.
G eorge K rugovoy, Associate Professor o f R u ssia n ......................... 6 Crum Ledge
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria.
G erald R. Levin, Associate Professor o f P s y c h o lo g y ............511 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Antioch College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
16
JPaul C. M angelsdorf, Jr., Associate Professor o f Physics . . . .110 Cornell Ave.
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Philip M etzidakis, Associate Professor o f S p a n ish .................. .... .7 Crum Ledge
B.A., Dartmouth College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Irene M oll , Associate Professor o f Physical Education for W om en,
The Damsite, W allingford, Pa.
B.S. in Ed., University o f Kansas; M .A., Texas University for W om en.
V an D oorn O oms, Associate Professor o f E co n o m ics........... 8B W hittier Place
B.A., Amherst College; B.A., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Y ale University,
f H arold Pagliaro, Associate Professor o f English,
61 Sproul Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Columbia University.
D ean Peabody, Associate Professor o f P sy ch o lo g y ......................... 521 Elm Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Jean A shmead Perkins, Associate Professor o f French,
446 Robin Drive, W est Chester, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
t Frederic L. Pryor , Associate Professor o f E co n o m ics.................... 3 Crum Ledge
B.A., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University.
K enneth S. Rawson , Associate Professor of Z o o l o g y ............228 Garrett Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard Uni
versity.
A lburt M. Rosenberg, Associate Professor o f Natural Science,
609 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; M.S., University o f Florida; Ph.D., University
o f Pennsylvania.
Bernard Saffran , Associate Professor o f Economics . .. .Benjamin W est House
B.A., The City College o f N ew Y ork; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota.
Claudio Spies, Associate Professor o f Music ..............645 North Chester Road
B.A. and M .A., Harvard University.
W illis J. Stetson, Associate Professor o f Physical Education for M en and D irector
o f Athletics .................................. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Peter G ram Swing , Associate Professor o f Music and D irector o f the Chorus,
614 Hillborn Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., Harvard University.
Peter T . T hompson , Associate Professor o f Chemistry .925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., The John Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh.
Percy Linwood U rban , Jr ., Associate Professor o f Religion,
20 South Princeton Avenue
B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D ., General Theological
Seminary.
IJ ohn W . W illiams, Associate Professor o f A rt History,
302 Avondale Road, W allingford, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan.
M. Joseph W illis, Associate Professor o f Civil Engineering,
306 Chestnut Lane
B.C.E., University o f Washington; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University.
A ssistant Professors
T homas A rtin , Assistant Professor o f E n g lish ......................... Box 59, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., M .A., and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Elisa A sensio, Assistant Professor o f Spanish . . 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa.
M .A ., Middlebury College.
Robert C. Bannister, Assistant Professor o f H is t o r y ................ 513 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M .A ., University o f Oxford.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69.
17
T homas H . B lackburn , Assistant Professor o f E n g lish ..............525 Elm Avenue
B.A., Amherst College; B.A. and M .A., University of O xford; Ph.D., Stan
ford University.
John R. Boccio, Assistant Professor o f P h y s ic s ................311 Dartmouth Avenue
B.S., Polytechnic Institute o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University.
T hompson Bradley, Assistant Professor of Russian,
240 Ridley Creek Road, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M .A., Columbia University.
Cyrus D . Cantrell , III, Assistant Professor o f P h y s ic s ........... 519 W alnut Lane
B.A., Harvard University; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
G omer H. D avies, Assistant Professor o f Physical Education for Men,
225 Cornell Avenue
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.M., Temple University.
Roland B. di Franco, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics,
317 North Chester Road
B.S., Fordham University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Indiana University.
Lewis R. G aty , II, Assistant Professor o f E c o n o m ic s ......... Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College.
iJ ames H. H ammons , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry . . . 336 Haverford Place
B.A., Amherst College; M .A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
T homas W . H awkins , Jr ., Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . 515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Houghton College; M.S., University o f Rochester; Ph.D., University
o f Wisconsin.
Patrick H enry, III, Assistant Professor o f Religion . .317 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Harvard University; B.A. and M .A., University o f O xford; M.A.
and Ph.D., Yale University.
Raymond F. H opkins, Assistant Professor o f Political Science . . 2 Crum Ledge
B.A., O hio Wesleyan University; M .A., O hio State University; M .A. and
Ph.D., Yale University.
James R. H utchison , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry . .Benjamin W est House
B.S., Wittenberg University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
John B. Jenkins, Assistant Professor o f B i o l o g y ......... 318 North Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University o f California,
Los Angeles.
{R obert O. K eohane , Assistant Professor o f Political Science,
317 North Chester Road
B.A., Shimer College; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
{E ugene A. K lotz , Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . . . .735 Yale Avenue
B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Yale University.
A smarom Legesse, Assistant Professor o f Anthropology .317 North Chester Road
B.A., University College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Robert E. Leyon , Assistant Professor o f Chemistry ........... 519 W alnut Lane
B.A., W illiams College; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Richard W . M ansbach , Assistant Professor o f Political Science . 4 W hittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; D.Phil., University o f Oxford.
{G eorge E. M cC ully , Assistant Professor o f H is t o r y ............915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Brown University; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert C. M itchell, Assistant Professor o f Sociology,
16 South Princeton Avenue
B.A., College o f W ooster; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A., North
western University.
T homas N . M itchell, Assistant Professor o f Classics . .317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M .A., National University o f Ireland; Ph.D., Cornell University
{H ans F. O berdiek, Assistant Professor o f P h ilo so p h y ......... 533 Riverview Road
B.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
G. Stuart Patterson, Jr., Assistant Professor o f Engineering,
606 North Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
18
5 Crum Ledge
B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Charles Raff , Assistant Professor o f Philosophy . . . 302 North Chester Road
B.A., University o f Rochester; M .A . and Ph.D., Brown University.
Robert Roza , Assistant Professor of French ........... 404 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., University o f Toronto; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Robert E. Savage, Assistant Professor o f B i o l o g y ................409 College Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Richard Schuldenfrei, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy . . Swarthmore College
B.A. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
V ictor K. Schütz , Assistant Professor o f Engineering,
1317 Grenox Road, W ynnewood, Pa.
B.E.E., and M .A . in Mathematics, University o f Detroit; Ph.D., University
o f Pennsylvania.
}J. Edward Skeath , Assistant Professor o f Mathematics,
11 Benjamin W est Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Illinois.
Bernard S. Smith , Assistant Professor o f History . ................ 540 W alnut Lane
B.A. and M .A., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Susan Brooke Snyder, Assistant Professor o f E n g lis h ........... 519 Walnut Lane
B.A., Hunter College; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Richard T erdiman, Assistant Professor o f French ........... 40 9 % Elm Avenue
B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., Yale University.
N icholas S. T hompson , Assistant Professor o f Psychology . .307 Vassar Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley.
John G . W illiamson, Assistant Professor o f History . ..3 1 3 Haverford Place
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
C laude W intner , Assistant Professor o f C h em istry.................... 404 Elm Avenue
B.A., Princeton University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
James T. W ood, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics . . .317 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Amherst College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
M ary A n n Y oung , Assistant Professor o f Physical Education for W om en,
Swarthmore College
B.S., Slippery Rock State College.
T sing Y uan , Assistant Professor o f History,
842 W indemere Avenue, Drexel H ill, Pa.
B.A. and M .A., George W ashington University.
Steven I. Piker, Assistant Professor o f Anthropology . . . .
Instructors
Joseph W . Bernheim , Instructor in Psychology .................. Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College.
M olly Faries, Instructor in A rt History ............................. .Swarthmore College
B.A., College o f W ooster; M .A., University o f Michigan.
James D . Freeman , Instructor in Music and D irector o f the Orchestra,
8 Crum Ledge
B.A. and M .A., Harvard University.
Ewald E. H aeusser, Instructor in German,
1121 S. 48th Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
B.A. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Uwe H enke , Instructor in Philosophy . . . . .3500 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Paul Lutzker , Instructor in Political Science .................. Swarthmore College
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., The Johns Hopkins University.
V ictor C. N ovick, Instructor in Anthropology .................. 215 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Reed College.
G ilbert Rose, Instructor in Classics ..............22 W est Ridge Road, Media, Pa.
B.A., University o f California, Berkeley.
John S. Shackford, Instructor in E n g lis h ............................. Swarthmore College
B.A., Carleton College; M .A., Indiana University.
t
Absent on leave, 1968-69.
19
915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Y ale University; M .A ., Stanford University.
Simone V . Smith , Instructor in French,
514 East Lancaster Ave., W ynnewood, Pa.
Licence es Lettres, University o f Grenoble.
Jon van T il, Instructor in S o c io lo g y .........................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f North Carolina.
D ouglas M. W eiss, Instructor in Physical Education for Men,
Swarthmore College
T homas L. Sherman , Instructor in English ................
L ecturers
and
A ssistants
M arcus A lexis, Visiting Lecturer in Economics, (University o f Rochester)
Swarthmore College
B.A., Brooklyn College; M .A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Univer
sity o f Minnesota.
H arriet Shorr Baguskas, Acting D irector o f Studio Arts,
Price’ s Lane, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; B.F.A., Yale School o f Art and Architecture.
Patricia Boyer, Lecturer in Physical Education for W om en,
817 Parkridge Drive, Media, Pa.
B.S., Trenton State College; M .A., N ew Y ork University.
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Education and D irector o f Student Teaching,
316 Ogden Avenue
B.S. and M .A., University o f Pennsylvania.
W ill Brow n , Associate in Studio Arts . . . 429 Catherine St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Brooke P. Cottman , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
315 Yale Avenue
B.A., D uke University.
Barbara Page Elmore, Associate in Studio Arts .................. 525 W alnut Lane
G loria Carey Evans, Consultant for Testing and Guidance,
205 Linden Lane, W allingford, Pa.
B.A., Western W ashington College o f Education; M.S., University of
Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University.
Janice C. Fellman , Lecturer in Physical Education for W om en,
2401 Martingale Rd., Media, Pa.
B.S., Ursinus College.
N orris M. G etty , Visiting Lecturer in Classics (G roton School)
Swarthmore College
B.A., University o f Nebraska.
N annerl H enry , Lecturer in Political S c ie n c e ......... .317 N orth Chester Road
B.A., Wellesley College; B.A. and M .A ., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Yale
University.
John L. H ershey, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy,
110 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; M .A ., University o f Virginia.
H elen M anning H unter , Lecturer in Economics,
Featherbed Lane, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Radcliife College.
G ilbert K alish, Associate in Performance (M u sic) ......... Swarthmore College
B.A., Columbia University.
Peggy K . K orn , Lecturer in History . . .716 W est Allens Lane, Philadelphia, Pa.
B.A., Beaver College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Charles R. Lansberry, Lecturer in Engineering . . 17 Concord Ave., Darby, Pa.
B.S., Swarthmore College.
Paul Lansky, Lecturer in Music ................Featherbed Lane, Hopewell, N . J.
B.A., Queens College.
Sarah Lee Lippincott, Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy,
510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College.
20
Tames W . Lukens, Jr ., Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
523 W elsh Street, Chester, Pa.
B.S.E.E., University o f Louisville; LL.B., W ashington and Lee University.
James J. M cA doo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
513 East Bringhurst, Germantown, Pa.
Robert P. N ewton , Visiting Lecturer in German, (University of Pennsylvania)
13 Park Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., Rice University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University.
H elen P. Shatagin , Visiting Lecturer in R u ssia n .................. 307 Cornell Avenue
Robert D . Simons, D irector o f D ra m a tics..............................Swarthmore College
B.A., University o f Portland.
Robert M . Smart , College Organist and Associate in Music
18 Oberlin Avenue
B.A., Curtis Institute o f Music; M .A ., Westminster Choir College.
K it Y in -Tieng Snyder, Associate in Studio Arts,
7 33 O ld Lancaster Road, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
B.S., College o f the City o f N ew Y ork; M .A ., University o f Michigan.
Barbara Y ost Stewart , Assistant in Biology .................. 543 Marietta Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College.
A nita A. Summers, Lecturer in Economics,
641 Revere Rd., Merion Station, Pa.
B.A., Hunter College; M .A., University o f Chicago.
A nne T eissonniere, Assistant in French ................................Swarthmore College
M argaret T. T hompson , Assistant to the D irector o f Dramatics,
925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., Chatham College.
Jean L. T omezsko, Assistant in B i o l o g y ......... 4 Prince Eugene Lane, Media, Pa.
B.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Tean V alentine , Lecturer in Creative W riting,
350 Central Park W est, N ew York, N . Y .
B.A., Radcliffe College.
John V orlicek, Associate in Studio Arts,
308 South 50th St., Philadelphia, Pa.
B.F.A., Minneapolis School o f Art; M .F.A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Paul Z ukofsky, Associate in Performance (M usic) . . .Swarthmore College
B.M. and M.S., Juilliard School o f Music.
21
St a n d i n g C o m m i t t e e s o f t h e F a c u l t y *
A cademic Requirements :
M oore, Chairman.
Barr, Barus, Cobbs, Lange, Livingston, Rosen, Tafoya, W right.
A dmissions
and Scholarships: Hargadon, Chairman.
Barr, Carpenter, Cobbs, Freeman, P. Henry, Lange, M oore, Perkins, Savage,
B. Smith, Stott, W illis.
A thletics: Stetson, Chairman.
Barr, Frank Burns, Jr. ’ 70, Cratsley, Allen Dietrich ’ 69, Faulkner, Donald
Fujihara ’ 69, Hawkins, Hess, Keighton, Schütz, Shane, Walker, Andrew
Weinstein ’ 69-
A wards
and Prizes : Keighton, Chairman.
Avery, Barr, Elverson, Lange, Savage, Snyder.
Bookstore A dvisory: Pagliaro, Chairman.
.
Cobbs, Cohn, Cook, Govan, Richard Hegner ’71, Roza, Diana W ickes ’70.
Collection : Shane, Chairman.
Bilaniuk, Kenneth Giles ’ 71, Michael Greenwald '70, Duncan Holloman ’70,
Lange, Martha Leary ’ 69, Mansbach, Ruth M cN eill '70, Snyder, Karin Sundquist ’ 71, Swing, D . Thompson, P. Thompson.
Computer : Patterson, Chairman.
Cook, Ellis Dudley ’69, di Franco, Bruce Hamilton ’ 70, Hopkins, Lippincott,
Rosenberg, Schuldenfrei.
Cooper : Blackburn, Chairman.
Laura Hassler ’ 70, Lippincott, McCrumm, Garth M cDonald ’ 69, Piker, Trudy
Pomerantz ’70, Shane, Jennifer Shotwell ’ 71, Helene Silverblatt- ’ 70, Spies,
Donald Stokes '69, Tafoya.
Council
on Educational Policy : Courtney Smith, Chairman.
Stephen Arbuthnot ’70, Beardsley, Nancy Bekavac ’ 69, Susan P. Cobbs, Landreth
Hauptman ’ 70, Heald, North, Pennock, Pierson, P. Thompson.
Curriculum : Swing, Chairman.
Margaret Capron ’ 69, Cobbs, Robert Goodman ’69, Govan, Heckscher, Moore,
Morrill, Perkins, Elizabeth Schairer ’70, D . Smith, P. Thompson.
Faculty
and Staff Benefits : Cratsley, Chairman.
Bowler, Connor, Cook, Fehnel, Ostwald, Saffran, Shero, W ood .
Swarthmore Fellowships:
Flemister, Chairman.
Artin, Asensio, Cantrell, Doby, Williamson.
Fellowships
from O ther Institutions : Meinkoth, Chairman.
Blackburn, Gillespie (Secretary), P. Henry, Mansbach, Patterson, Van Til,
Urban.
Library: Govan, Chairman.
Bowler, Gaty, Joanne Luoto ’ 69, Ostwald, Schuldenfrei, Ann Smith
Jeffrey Spielberg '70, Terdiman, Tolies.
70,
M aster
of A rts : Walker, Chairman.
di Franco, Lippincott, Rawson, Rose, N . Thompson, Tolies.
Pre-M edical Program : Leyon, Chairman.
Bowie, Bullitt (Assistant to Chairman), Hutchison, Piker, Rosen, Stott, Weber,
Williamson.
* Undergraduate members of committees are shown with their class numerals.
22
Promotion
and
T enure A dvisory:
Cobbs, Elmore, Field, Meinkoth, North.
Research: W eber, Chairman.
Bannister, Bicker, Cratsley, Govan, McCrumm, van de Kamp.
Schedule
of Classes: M oore, Chairman.
Avery, Bannister, Doby, Hess, Margaret
Michael Schudson '69.
Kohn
’ 69,
Rawson,
Rosenberg,
Student A ffairs: Barr, Chairman.
Cobbs, N . Henry, Lange, Pagliaro, Urban.
Student Summer Research: Raff, Chairman.
Barus, Boccio, Endejs, Novick, Terdiman, Wallach, H. Williams.
T eacher Education : Cobbs, Chairman.
Brinkmann, Brodhead, Davies, Levin, M oore, Perkins, Shane.
T ravel A llowance : Bowler, Chairman.
Bradley, Brinkmann, Gaty, Hopkins, Maass.
U se
of College Facilities by O utside O rganizations : Cook, Chairman.
Carpenter, Davisson, Hess, Lange, Shane, Stanton, Stetson.
Secretary
to the
Faculty :
Cowden.
D ivisions
I.
and
D epartments
Division o f the Humanities— Jean A . Perkins, Chairman
Art History, Robert M . W alker , Chairman.
Classics, H elen F. N orth , Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. Becker, Chairman.
History, H arrison M . W right, Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Modern Languages, Francis P. T afoya , Chairman.
Music, P eter G ram Swing , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Acting Chairman.
II.
Division of the Social Sciences— D avid G. Smith , Chairman
Economics, Frank C. Pierson, Chairman.
Engineering, Samuel T . Carpenter , Chairman.
History, H arrison M . W right, Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman.
Psychology and Education, Hans W allach , Acting Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland Pennock , Chairman.
Sociology and Anthropology, Leon Bramson , Chairman.
III.
D ivision o f the Natural Sciences and Engineering—
P eter T. T hompson , Chairman
Astronomy, Peter van de K amp , Chairman.
Biology, N orman A . M einkoth , Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Chairman.
Engineering, Samuel T . Carpenter , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, P. Linwood U rban , Jr ., Acting Chairman.
Physics, M ark A . H eald, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Acting Chairman.
23
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS
P r e s i d e n t ’ s O f f ic e
President, Courtney Smith , B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University;
L.H .D., and Litt.D.
LL.D.,
Administrative Assistant to the President, G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M .A ., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A ., University o f O xford; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez, B.S., University o f Minnesota.
V i c e -P r e s i d e n t s ’ O f f ic e
Vice-President— (Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley,
B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President— Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, Joseph B. Shane ,
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania.
Associate D evelopm ent Officer, Richard M . Schrader, B.A., and M .B.A., Cornell
University.
Secretaries, Pauline M . Carroll, A lison Carswell N aylor , B.A., Swarthmore
College.
D
eans’
O
f f ic e s
Dean, Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’ s College;
Y ork University; Ph.D., University o f Chicago.
M .A ., New
Associate Dean and Registrar, John M . M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union
Theological Seminary; M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Dean o f M en, Robert A . Barr , Jr ., B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University
o f Pennsylvania.
Dean o f W om en. Barbara Pearson Lange .
Dean o f Admissions, Frederick A. H argadon, B.A., Haverford College.
Assistant Dean o f Admissions, John J. Creighton , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M .B.A. University o f Pittsburgh.
Assistant Dean o f Admissions, D ouglas C. T hompson , B.S., Swarthmore College.
Assistant in Admissions, M ary W . Chambers D ye , B.A., University o f West
Virginia.
Administrative Assistant, M argaret W . M oore, B.A., Park College; M .A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
D irector o f Financial A id and Adviser to Foreign Students, Lynne D avis M ifflin ,
B.A. and M .A ., Swarthmore College.
Consultant fo r Testing and Guidance, G loria Carey Evans, B.A., Western Wash
ington College o f Education; M.S., University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stan
ford University.
Assistant to the Deans and D irector o f the Tarble Social Center, Edith D uBose,
B.A., Swarthmore College.
Head Residents in D orm itories:
V irginia
von Frankenberg , Coordinator o f W om en ’s Dormitories, Parrish
H all; B.A., University o f Nebraska.
K aren Flack Bonnell , W oolm an House; B.A., Bryn Mawr College.
Edith E. D uBose, Robinson House; B.A., Swarthmore College.
V irginia E. M yers, Willets Hall.
Jessie G ibson, Worth Hall.
Secretaries to the Deans:
Emily Bonsall, Rosamond W . G arrett, B.A., W ilson College, W inifred
J. H all , M ildred. Irwin , M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College, V era
B. M orrison, A nne J. Y oung .
24
R e g is t r a r ’s O f f ic e
Registrar, John M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University o f Delaware.
Jane H . T hompson , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Edith Bartholomew .
L ib r a r y St a
ff
C ollege Library
Librarian: James F. G ovan , B.A., University o f the South; M .A ., Emory Uni
versity; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Secretary to the Librarian: M argery J. H iltz .
Associate Librarian: M artha A . Connor , B.S., M .A ., University of Pennsyl
vania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Serials Section: A nne Perkins; Pauline M arshall, B.S., Simmons
College; Ethel N . W right.
Head, Cataloging Department: D oris Beik X, B.A. and B.S. in L.S., State Uni
versity o f N ew Y ork at Albany.
Catalogers: Elizabeth L. H arrar, Acting Head, B.A., University of
Delaware; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
M ildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Cataloger: Gail G. H odkins, B.A., University of Kansas.
Assistants:
D oris Pitman M oist; Charlotte W eiss; D eborah
Eleniewski.
Head, Order Department: Jane H. A aron , B.A., Birmingham-Southern
College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Order Librarian: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant: Blondine R egan .
Head, Reference Department: H oward H. W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest
College; M .A . and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistants: Lois G . Peterson, B.A., Oberlin College; Elizabeth H.
Phillips, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Head, Circulation Department: Catherine J. Smith , B.A., Swarthmore Col
lege; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant H ead: G eorge K. H uber, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania;
M S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Y oung Ja L ee, B.A., Ewha W om en ’s University; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Assistants: M artha Scott ; Charles Seeburger, B.A. and M .A.,
Bow ling Green University; V irginia von Frankenberg, B.A., Uni
versity o f Nebraska.
Science Librarian: Eleanor A . M aass, B.A., M.S., University o f Illinois,
Ph.D., University o f W isconsin.
Assistant: Josephine Smith , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Friends H istorical Library
D irector: Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard University;
D.Litt., Haverford College.
Associate D irector: D orothy G . H arris, B.A., W ellesley College; B.S. in
L.S., Drexel Institute; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: Elizabeth S. M acpherson , B.A., Ursinus College.
Assistants: Eleanor B. M ayer , B.A., O hio Wesleyan University; Jane M.
T horson , Cornell College.
$ Absent on leave, 1968-69.
25
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: A rdith L. Emmons , B A ., W illiam Penn College; M .A., Mills
College.
Assistant: Claire B. Shetter , Philadelphia Musical Academy.
Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library
Anna Pettit Broomell, Frances W illiam s Browin, Henry J. Cadbury, La Verne
Forbush, Lucretia Franklin, James R. Frorer, W illiam Hubben, Caroline Biddle
Malin, Gerald McDonald, Richmond P. Miller, Hadassah M . L. Holcombe, Edith
W illiams W ay.
A dvisory C ouncil o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Anna C ox Brinton, Merle Curti,
Alfred Hassler, Ernst Posner, Joseph B. Shane, Frederick B. Tolies, E. Raymond
W ilson.
C omputer Center
Director, Ronald A n ton .
Business O ffice
Associate Controller, Accounting and Finance, G . Caroline Shero , B.A., Swarth
more College; M .B.A., University o f Pennsylvania.
Accountant, H arold L. Frederick, Jr ., B.S., Juniata College.
Assistants, A n n a Jeffries, Freda T homas , M argaret A. T hompson , Ellen R.
A ugsberger.
Associate Controller, Business Affairs, Lewis T . Cook , Jr ., B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Secretary, Ruth B. W alker .
Manager o f Bookstore, N ormund L. Bandrevics, B.B.A., University o f Latvia.
Assistants; D aisy S. Jeffery, M argaret W helpley .
Stenographic Staff, M arguerite Clifford, Edith Cohen , O lga A. H ummer ,
Julia Lemon , Edith W oodland.
Switchboard Operators, Judy G race Feiy, H elen Burgoyne , D orothy H. O lson .
Postmistress, A rlene D elozier .
B uildings
and
G rounds D epartment
D irector o f Physical Plant, W illiam M . Stanton , Jr ., B.A., University o f W is
consin.
Planning Engineer, Joseph E. Spafford, B.S., University o f Missouri.
Assistants to the D irector o f Physical Plant, Franklin H . Briggs, B.A.,' Earlham
College; Richardson Fields, D avid M elrose.
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh , M argaret R. Sh aw .
H ouse Director, Kathryn A. D avisson.
Assistants to the H ouse Director, Carrie F. A mberg, June Carnall , Lily M ari,
V irginia E. M yers, Phyllis W oodcock.
D irector o f the Arthur H oyt Scott Horticultural Foundation and Swarthmore
College Horticulturist, John C. W ister, B.A., Harvard University; D.Sc.,
Swarthmore College.
Assistant Directors, D avid M elrose; G ertrude S. W ister, B.S., University of
Wisconsin.
Secretary, Elaine E. Innes .
Consulting Horticulturist, H arry W ood.
26
A l u m n i a n d F u n d O f f ic e s
Director, Kathryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, Esther K elley .
Secretaries, Elizabeth Campbell , Elinor B. Eleniewski.
N ews O ffice
Director, M aralyn O rbison G illespie, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Assistant Director, V irginia Bullitt .
Secretary, M ildred Strain .
V ocational G uidance
and
Placement
Director, V irginia Bullitt .
H ealth Service
College Physician, M orris A. Bowie , B.A., University o f Colorado; M .D ., Harvard
University.
Associate College Physician:
H arold C.
University.
Roxby , B.S., Pennsylvania State University;
M .D .,
Temple
Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon:
Erwin R. Schmidt, Jr ., B.S., Yale University, M.D., University of Wisconsin.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A., and M .A ., Columbia University; M .D ., Harvard University.
P. Evans A dams, B.A. and M .D ., University of Pennsylvania.
J. W . Lyons , B.A., University o f Scranton; M .D ., University o f Pennsylvania.
Silas L. W arner, B.A., Princeton University; M .D ., Northwestern University.
Nurses: Elizabeth Cozine , R.N., Elizabeth F. M cConnell , R.N., E. Elizabeth
M cG eary, R.N., H elen R. M artin , R.N., Ida M oore T homas , R.N.
Secretary: Janet B. H azzard , R.N.
D epartmental Secretaries, A ssistants
and
T echnicians
Art H istory: Elizabeth S. H erschel, B.A., W heaton College; M .A., N ew York
University.
Astronomy: M ary M acD. Jackson , B.A., Swarthmore College, N an Jones, Eliza
beth H. K uhlman , B.A., Mount Holyoke College, Louise H. M itchell ,
B.S., W est Chester State College, M ichael D. W orth .
Biology: L loyd M erritts.
Chemistry: Edward C. K ehl , H olly T. T aylor , K arin Rauch .
Economics:
Engineering:
Eleanor G reitzer, M ary E. Renneisen .
Ewald K asten, Frances Shero , B.A., Swarthmore College.
English Literature: T helma M. M iller.
History: Eleanor W . Bennett .
Mathematics: D orothy D. Blythe .
Modern Languages: N atalie K ruczaj .
Music: M ary G. G atens .
27
Philosophy and Religion: A lta K. Schmidt.
Physical Education for M en :
Elizabeth Bassett.
Physical Education for W om en : Esther R. G osser.
Physics: John R. A ndrews, A n n a V. D eRose, John J. D ougherty.
Political Science: Eleanor G reitzer, M ary E. R enneisen .
Psychology and Education: V irginia S. G reer, O tto H ebel.
Sociology and Anthropology: Pauline B. Federman, M arie C. Perkins.
28
Parrish H all
IN TR O D U C TIO N TO
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
INTRODUCTION TO SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious
Society o f Friends, is a co-educational college occupying a campus o f about
300 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth
more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate
policy. Its present enrollment is about 1075 students, o f whom 500
are women and 575 are men. T he borough o f Swarthmore is a residential
suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance o f Philadelphia. Because
o f its location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine the
advantages o f a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by Phila
delphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made possible with three
other nearby institutions, Bryn M awr and Haverford Colleges and the
University o f Pennsylvania.
O b j e c t iv e s
and
P urposes -
In accordance with the traditions o f its Quaker background, Swarthmore
students are expected to prepare themselves fo r full, balanced lives as
individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study
supplemented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.
T he purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu
able human beings and more useful members o f society. It shares this
purpose with other educational institutions, fo r American education is a
direct outgrowth o f our democratic principles. W h ile a common purpose
underlies all American education, each school and college and university
seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks
it can do best. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity and
richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage
and the American strength.
A
c a d e m ic
Com petence
Democracy demands a broad base o f intelligent understanding o f issues.
It also necessitates a high order o f excellence in those w ho are destined
to become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the main
tenance o f high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and perform
ance fo r this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular
jo b well that gives the College its value in the educational pattern of
American democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, fo r no two students are
exactly alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from con
siderable freedom. The program o f Honors study, in which Swarthmore
pioneered, is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most
distinctive feature o f the College’s educational program. For many stu
dents, it provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It
has as its main ingredients freedom from ordinary classroom routine and
close association with faculty members in small seminars, concentrated
30
work in broad fields o f study, and maximum latitude fo r the development
o f individual responsibility. T he Honors program and the Course pro
gram are alternative systems o f instruction fo r students during their last
two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and develop
ment from each student, the choice o f method being determined by
individual need and capacity.
T he R eligious T radition
Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society
o f Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life o f its students with the
spiritual principles o f that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian
in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although the
children o f Friends compose a minority o f the student body, the College
seeks to preserve the religious traditions out o f which it sprang.
T he essence o f Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking
truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a
way o f life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving;
personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement o f disputes.
The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view
o f life, or any other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things
and the duty o f man. It does, however, have the tw o-fold aim o f encour
aging conscious concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination
o f any view which may be held regarding them. That is the kind o f
ethical and religious character which Swarthmore seeks to develop.
T radition
and
Change
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing
to meet new demands and new conditions. The founders o f Swarthmore
would find in it today many features which they never contemplated
when they shaped the College in the middle o f the nineteenth century.
Swarthmore, if it is to remain effective, must be forever changing. The
goal is to achieve for each generation, by means appropriate to the times,
that unique contribution and that standard o f excellence which have
been the guiding ideals o f Swarthmore from its founding.
In the spring and summer o f 1966 a Commission on Educational Policy
and two other special committees were appointed to study various aspects
o f the College program and to seek ways o f strengthening the educational
experiences o f Swarthmore students. Their reports, including many specific
recommendations, were published in the volume, Critique o f a C ollege,
which appeared in December 1967. During the rest o f the college year
these reports and recommendations were carefully considered by all sec
tions o f the College community. Many o f the specific recommendations o f
the Commission on Educational Policy and the Special Committee on
Library Policy have been approved and are being carried into effect. The
report o f the Special Committee on Student Life will be considered
further and acted upon in the fall o f 1968.
31
ADMISSION
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to
the Dean o f Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
G eneral Statement
In the selection o f students the college seeks those qualities o f character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily con
cerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements
in the whole personality o f candidates fo r admission.
It is the policy o f the college to have the student body represent not
only different parts o f the United States but many foreign countries,
both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social,
religious, and racial groups. The college is also concerned to include in
each class sons and daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the Society
o f Friends.
Selection is important and difficult. N o simple formula will be effective.
T he task is to choose those who give promise o f distinction in the quality
o f their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in
their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the
basis o f their individual future worth to society and o f their collective
realization o f the purpose o f the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory
completion o f a four-year secondary school program preparatory to ad
vanced liberal study. Under exceptional circumstances, students who have
virtually completed the normal four-year program in three years will be
considered fo r admission, provided they meet the competition o f other
candidates in general maturity as well as readiness fo r a rigorous academic
program.
A ll applicants are selected on the follow in g evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school principal, headmaster, or guidance
counselor and from two teachers.
3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement
Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board.
4. Personal interview with one o f the Deans or an appointed repre
sentative.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude
and achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They
should also give evidence o f sturdiness o f character, promise o f growth,
initiative, seriousness o f purpose, and a sense o f social responsibility. As
future members o f the college community, they should represent varied
interests and backgrounds.
32
P r e p a r a t io n
The College does not require a set plan o f secondary school courses as
preparation for its program. The election o f specific subjects is left to the
student and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include:
1. S kills: The follow in g skills are essential to success in college work
and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through
out the preparatory period.
a. T he use o f the English language with accuracy and effectiveness
in reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use o f the principles o f mathematics.
c. The use o f one, or two, foreign languages to the point o f reading
prose o f average difficulty. The College encourages students to
study at least one language fo r three years or, if possible, for
four years in high school.
2. Subjects: A ll, or almost all, o f the preparatory course should be
composed o f the subjects listed in the follow in g four groups. Varia
tions o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work
should be taken in each group.
H istory and Social Studies: American, English, European, and an
cient history; political, social, and economic problems o f modern
society.
Literature and A r t:
music; art.
American, English, and foreign literature;
Natural Science and M athem atics: chemistry, physics, biology,
astronomy; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to
major in engineering should present work in chemistry, physics,
and four years o f mathematics including algebra, geometry and
trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, Rus
sian, other European or Oriental languages.
Applicants who
expect to major in science are strongly advised to include German
and, if possible, French in their school programs.
A pplications
and
Examinations
The closing date for applications is February 1. A preliminary applica
tion card will be sent upon request, and this card should be returned
promptly, together with the (non-refundable) application fee o f $15.00.
A complete set o f application papers is then sent. Applicants are en
couraged to send their completed applications to the College as early in
the fall o f their senior year as possible. Although Swarthmore does not
have an "early decision” program, preliminary readings o f completed ap
plications are made at an early date to determine regional and national
award winners.
33
A ll applicants fo r admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina
tion Board. The Scholastic Aptitude Test should normally be taken in
November, December or January o f the senior year.
Achievement Tests must be taken not later than January o f the senior
year. English Composition is required and the other two Achievement
Tests should be chosen by the candidate from two different fields. A ppli
cants for Engineering must take one achievement test in Mathematics.
Candidates who take Achievement Tests in May o f the junior year in
subjects completed by that time may submit the results to the Admission
Office, but it is strongly recommended that the English Composition and
at least one other Achievement Test be taken in December or January o f
the senior year.
In 1968-69 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this
country on November 2, December 7, January 11, March 1, May 3, and
July 12. The tests will be given abroad on each o f these dates except
November 2. Application to take these tests should be made directly
to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New
Jersey. A bulletin o f information may be obtained without charge from
the Board. Students who wish to be examined in any o f the follow ing
western states, provinces, and Pacific areas— Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, N ew M exico, Oregon, Utah,
Washington, W yom ing, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatche
wan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and
Japan— should address their inquiries and send their applications to the
College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, California.
Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date
on which the test will be taken.
N o additional tests are required o f candidates fo r scholarships. All
applicants who would like to be considered fo r any o f our scholarships
should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Informa
tion concerning financial aid will be found on pages 37-46.
T he Interview
A n admissions interview with a representative o f the College is a
requirement in making application to Swarthmore. Applicants are expected
to take the initiative in arranging fo r this interview. Those who can reach
Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College fo r this purpose.* Other applicants
should request the Office o f Admissions to arrange a meeting with an
* T o reach the College from the N ew Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 4
(Camden-Philadelphia Interchange). Turn right on Route 73.
In about one hundred feet
turn right for Interstate Route 295 South, and follow signs for W alt Whitman Bridge. After
crossing Bridge follow signs for Philadelphia International Airport, Route 291. Follow Route
291 past Airport to 420. Turn right on 420 to Baltimore Pike, turn left and proceed to inter
section with Route 320. Turn left and follow signs to the College. From the Pennsylvania
Turnpike, take Exit 24 (Valley Forge) and take second right (sign says Ardmore, Chester) off
Route 43 on to Route 23. Turn right on Route 320 and follow it to the campus.
34
alumni representative in their own area. Interviews should be completed
before March 1 o f the senior year. Scholarship applicants should make
an effort to have their interviews by January 15. Candidates are not
interviewed until the latter part o f the junior year. Candidates will not
be able to have campus interviews from March 15 to May 1 but a tour
o f the campus may be arranged during this period. Appointments at
the College can be made by calling or writing the Office o f Admissions,
K I 3-0200, Ext. 445.
A dmission D ecisions
Notices o f the action o f the Admissions Committees will be mailed
about A pril 15.
A dvanced P lacement
Freshmen may apply fo r advanced standing or placement in particular
courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Place
ment Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are
made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students
in the most advanced courses fo r which they are qualified.
A pplications
for
T ransfer
T he college accepts a very limited number o f transfer students. For
favorable consideration, applicants fo r transfer must have had a good
scholastic record in the institution attended and must present full creden
tials fo r both college and preparatory work, including a statement o f
honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given
by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken
previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced
standing later than the beginning o f the sophomore year. Four semesters
o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two o f which must be those o f the senior year. Applications
for transfer must be filed by March 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced early in June.
Only under exceptional circumstances are students admitted fo r transfer
eligible for financial assistance during their first year at Swarthmore.
35
EXPENSES
Charges for the academic year 1968-69 (tw o semesters):
Tuition ........................................................................................
General F e e ..................................................................................
Board and R o o m .........................................................................
Total Resident C h a rg e s.............................................
$2,050
210
1 040
$3,300*
W h ile a general charge fo r board and room is made, this may be divided
into $590 fo r board and $450 for room. The general fee o f $210 covers
the cost o f student health services, library and laboratory fees, athletic fees,
attendance at all campus social and cultural events, and the support o f most
other extra-curricular activities.
One h alf o f the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the
beginning o f the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening o f
the current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order
o f Swarthmore College . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence
about financial matters should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero,
Associate Controller.
Students who wish to charge Book Store purchases, laboratory break
age fees, etc., may do so by maintaining a student deposit account at the
Business Office against which charge checks may be drawn. Cash with
drawals may also be made. Students will be notified when overdrafts
occur and no cash withdrawals may be made unless a cash balance is
maintained. A minimum deposit o f $100.00 in September is suggested and
all students are urged to maintain such an account fo r their convenience.
N o reduction or refunding o f tuition can be made on account o f
absence, illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. N o
reduction or refund will be made fo r failure to occupy the room assigned
fo r a given term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case o f absence
or withdrawal from the college and provided due notice has been given
in advance to the Business Office, there will be a refund o f two-thirds
o f the board charge fo r any time in excess o f two weeks. Exceptions will
be made fo r students w ho are required by the draft to leave during the
course o f the academic year. In these cases tuition, general , fee, board
and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata basis.
T uition Paym ent Plans
Many o f the parents o f students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and
residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under
certain alternative plans. The cost is 2 % % to 6 % greater than when
payments are made in cash in advance. Details o f the plans will be
* An advance deposit o f $25 is required o f all new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the com ing year. A similar deposit o f $15 is required o f returning students. These
deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
36
furnished by the College prior to issuance o f the first semester’s bill in
September.
A ccident
and
Sickness Insurance
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness
insurance to students through Paige OBrion Russell o f Boston, Massa
chusetts. Accident coverage alone costs $12.00 per year (1 2 months)
for women, and $18.00 fo r men. T he combined accident and sickness
policy is available at an annual cost o f $32.50 fo r women and $36.00 for
men. A t least accident coverage is required o f all students who participate
in intercollegiate athletic activities and the combined accident and sickness
policy is particularly recommended. Application forms are mailed to all
students during the summer.
FINANCIAL AID
The college assigns scholarships to a substantial number o f students
each year. These awards are normally made to entering freshman students
and are renewable for four years. About one hundred freshman scholar
ships are awarded carrying stipends varying from $100 to $3,400 annually,
Approximately thirty per cent o f the total student body are currently
receiving scholarship aid from the College, with stipends averaging about
$1,300 annually. Another ten to fifteen per cent are being assisted from
sources outside the College.
A ll grants are based upon school or college record, and upon financial
need as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee
through the agency o f the College Scholarship Service. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required to submit a Parents Confidential
Statement to the Service. This form may be obtained from a secondary
school or from the College Scholarship Service, P. O. B ox 176, Princeton?
New Jersey 08540, B ox 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204, or P. O. Box 1025,
Berkeley, California 94701. The Scholarship Committee reviews the finan
cial situation and academic progress o f every scholarship holder at the
end o f each academic year before renewing the awards. In computing
stipends the committee takes into account an expected family contribution
from income and assets, the student’s savings and earnings. These
are budgeted against a normal total expense o f $3,750 fo r the college
year. This allows $450 fo r incidental expenses exclusive o f travel and
for the total college charge o f $3,300, which includes tuition, board
and room, and a very comprehensive college fee. This covers not
only the usual student services (health, library, laboratory) but also at
tendance at all campus social, cultural and athletic events, and support
o f most club activities. The College reserves the right to adjust college
stipends in the event the student receives scholarship assistance from other
sources. First year transfer students are not eligible fo r scholarship aid.
Candidates wishing to apply fo r scholarships should make the usual
application for admission. A ll applicants fo r admission are given the
37
opportunity to apply fo r scholarship aid. T he candidate’s status with
respect to need fo r scholarship is not considered to be a relevant factor
in the matter o f reaching decisions concerning admission to the college.
For the academic year 1968-69 the college has granted approximately
$550,000 in scholarships. About two-thirds o f that sum was provided by
special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed below. Funds from the
federal government are available fo r needy students who are eligible
fo r Educational Opportunity Grants, National Defense Student Loans, and
the Work-Study program. Applicants are not required to apply fo r specific
scholarships but will be considered fo r all scholarship opportunities either
from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship funds.
Financial need is a requirem ent fo r all scholarships listed below unless
otherw ise indicated.
SW ARTH M ORE
COLLEGE
N A T IO N A L
S C H O L A R SH IP S
Swarthmore College awards each year a number o f four-year National
Scholarships to the men and women entering the freshman class. All
candidates fo r admission to the College may be considered fo r these scholar
ships. Based on the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships, the awards
are made to those candidates who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f
Award, rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. Whenever
feasible, finalists fo r National Scholarships will be interviewed by the
Committee o f Award.
The amount o f the annual award varies from $100 to $3,400 according
to the financial need o f the winner. In those cases where there is no
financial need, National Scholarships will be awarded on an honorary
basis and carry an annual stipend o f $100.
O ther Scholarships O pen
to
M en
and
W omen
T he Frank and M arie A ydelotte Scholarship is awarded biennially
to a new student who shows promise o f distinguished intellectual attain
ment based upon sound character and effective personality. The award
is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the College from 19211940, and originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in the College’s Cen
tennial Year 1964 in honor o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, w ho was a Quaker and honorary alumnus o f Swarthmore. The
scholarship is assigned annually to a junior or senior man or woman
whose qualities o f mind and character indicate a potential fo r humani
tarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished
to develop in young people. Students in any field o f study, and from
any part o f this country or from abroad, are eligible. The scholarship is
renewable until graduation.
38
The Edna Pow nall B uffington Fund was established during the
College’s Centennial Year o f 1964. T he income from this Fund is used
to provide scholarships fo r a student or students attending Swarthmore
College who are concentrating their studies in the field o f the social sci
ences and who indicate an interest in the objects or purposes o f the Amer
ican Friends Service Committee and a desire follow ing their graduation
and post-graduate work to serve in those fields. Awards are made to
students in any o f the four classes.
T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship, is awarded to a student
with a primary interest in the arts and the humanities, having special
talents in these fields. Students with other special interests, however, will
not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable fo r the full period o f
undergraduate study.
The Scott A ward at Sw arthmore . A scholarship established by the
Scott Paper Co. o f Chester, Pa., in honor o f its former president, Arthur
Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. Given fo r the first time in 1953, it is
awarded annually to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business
after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities o f scholarship, char
acter, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The award provides the
recipient with $1,500 fo r each o f his last two years in college, regardless
o f financial need.
T he Francis W . D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory o f Francis W .
D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is awarded to a freshman man or woman.
In making selections, the committee will place emphasis on character, per
sonality and ability.
The Stella and C harles G uttm an Foundation Scholarships
were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide schol
arships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and fees fo r students
who require financial assistance. Preference is given to students o f recog
nized ability who have completed two academic years o f college and who
are contemplating graduate or professional study. The scholarships are
renewable fo r a second year.
The Ida and D aniel L ang Scholarship established by their son,
Eugene M . Lang o f the Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance fo r a
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality.
The A dele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship, founded by her
husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time fo r the academic
year 1964-65. Under the provisions o f this scholarship, an annual award
subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selec
tion stresses the candidate’s capacity fo r significant development o f his or
her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities o f intellectual
promise as well as potential fo r service are sought in making this appoint
ment.
39
T he W illiam H illes W ard Scholarship in memory o f William
Hilles W ard o f the Class o f 1915, is to be awarded annually, preferably
to a student who plans to major in science. The committee in making
its selection, will have regard fo r candidates who are most deserving
o f financial assistance.
The H oward S. and G ertrude P. Evans Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships for worthy students, preference being given to students
showing highest standards in scholarship from high schools o f Delaware
County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by his family in
memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f the Class o f 1951, is open to students
interested in engineering and physical science. The committee in making
its selections will have regard for character, personality and leadership.
The R obert C. Brooks Scholarship was established as a memorial
to Professor Brooks by a number o f his form er students. It is available
to a major in Political Science in the junior or senior year.
The L ouis N . R obinson Scholarship was established during the Col
lege’s Centennial year by the family and friends o f Louis N . Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was fo r many years a member o f the Swarthmore College
faculty and founder o f the Economics Discussion Group. A member o f
the junior or senior class w ho has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study o f Economics is chosen fo r this award.
The A udrey Friedman T roy Scholarship, established by her hus
band, M elvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman with
preference given to residents o f the town o f North Hempstead, Nassau
County, N ew York. The scholarship is renewable fo r four years at the
discretion o f the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime considera
tion is given to the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from a
Swarthmore education, and to be a contributor to the College and ulti
mately to society.
The G eneral M otors Scholarship is awarded in odd numbered years
by the Scholarship Committee to an incoming freshman man or woman
who is a citizen o f the United States. Selection is made on the basis of
the high school academic record, participation in extracurricular activities,
and evidence o f leadership qualities. It is renewable fo r the full period
o f undergraduate study.
The M idwest Scholarships are awarded each year to one man and one
woman applicant who resides in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Minne
sota, Missouri or W isconsin. W inners will be selected on the basis of
their potential contribution to the academic and extracurricular life of
the College.
40
The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship Fund was established by
Creth and Sullivan, Inc. in memory o f Marshall P. Sullivan o f the Class o f
1897. Preference will be given to graduates o f George School, but if no
suitable candidate applies from this school, graduates o f other Friends
schools or other persons will be eligible.
The R C A Scholarship, provided by the Radio Corporation o f America,
is awarded to .a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic
record in the field o f science or engineering at the undergraduate level.
The appointment is usually made for the junior or senior year.
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides fo r a scholarship
to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The Edward S. B ower M emorial Scholarship, established by Mr.
and Mrs. W ard T . Bower in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, char
acter, and personality.
The Cornelia Chapm an Pittenger Scholarship established by her
family and friends is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who
ranks high in scholarship, character and personality and who has need for
financial assistance.
T he D aniel U nderhill Scholarship was given by Daniel Underhill
’94, in memory o f his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member o f the first
Board o f Managers.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T . W ilson Schol
arship
provides financial aid for a deserving student.
The R achel W . H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn Philips o f the Class o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall g o to a student in the junior or senior
class who is studying fo r service in the international field. Preference
will be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world
understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some inter
national government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or
similar activities.
The Jonath an K . T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the
donor’s will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. The scholarship is first open to descendants o f the
late Jonathan K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to mem
bers o f the Baltimore Yearly Meetings o f Friends, it is not to be confined
to them when suitable persons in membership cannot be found.
The Phebe A n n a T horne Fund provides an income fo r scholarships
for students whose previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and
their ability. This g ift includes a clause o f preference to those students
who are members o f the N ew Y ork Monthly Meeting o f Friends.
41
T he W estbury Q uarterly M eeting, N . Y ., Scholarship , is awarded
annually by a committee o f that Quarterly Meeting.
T he Sarah A ntrim Colb Scholarship was founded by her parents
in memory o f Sarah Antrim Cole o f the Class o f 1934. It is awarded
to a graduate o f the W orthington H igh School, W orthington, Ohio.
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory o f John A . Lafore o f
the Class o f 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give
preference to qualified candidates who are descendants o f Amand and
Margaret W hite Lafore.
The James E. M iller Scholarship . Under the will o f Arabella M.
Miller funds are available annually fo r students from Delaware County
(w ith preference fo r residents o f Nether Providence T ow n sh ip).
T he Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship has been established
at Swarthmore by friends o f Edward Clarkson W ilson, ’91, formerly
Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded each year
to a form er student o f the Baltimore Friends School, w h o has been ap
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis o f high character and
high standing in scholarship.
The C hi O mega Scholarship provides an-award annually to a member
o f the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons o f mem
bers o f the fraternity.
The D elta G am m a Scholarship is to be awarded to a blind student
at Swarthmore College. In any year in which there is no such candidate
the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K appa K appa G am m a Scholarship provides an award to a mem
ber o f the freshman class. Preference is given to relatives o f members o f
the fraternity.
T he Samuel W illets Fund . This fund provides an annual income
for scholarships. A portion o f the fund is assigned fo r scholarships in
the name o f Mrs. W illets’ children, Frederick W illets, Edward Willets,
Walter W illets, and Caroline W . Frame.
The I. V . W illiamson Scholarship . Preference is given to graduates
o f Friends Central, George School, N ew Y ork Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, W ilm ington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School,
Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn
Friends School.
The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by his sisters, Margery
Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff, in memory o f Robert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897
and fo r many years a member o f the Board o f Managers. Applicants who
show promise o f intellectual attainment based upon sound character and
effective personality and who reside in Chester County are given preference.
42
T he N . H arvey Collisson Scholarship established by his family
and the Olin Mathieson Charitable Trust in memory o f N . Harvey
Collisson o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man or woman.
In making selections the committee will place emphasis on character,
personality and ability.
The income from each o f the follow in g funds is awarded at the dis
cretion o f the college.
The Barclay G. A tkinson Scholarship Fund .
T he R ebecca M . A tkinson Scholarship Fund .
The C lass of 1913 Scholarship Fund .
The Class
of
1914 Scholarship Fu n d .
The Class of 1915 Scholarship Fu n d .
The Class of 1917 Scholarship Fund .
The W illiam D orsey Scholarship Fund .
The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship Fund .
The Joseph E. G illingham Fund .
The T homas L. L eedom Scholarship Fund .
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund .
The R eader’ s D igest Foundation Endowed Scholarship
Fund .
The M ark E. R eeves Scholarship Fund .
The Frank Solom on M emorial Scholarship Fund .
T he M ary Sproul Scholarship Fund .
T he H elen Squier Scholarship Fund .
The Francis H olmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship Fund .
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund .
The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship Fund .
Scholarships
for
M en
The T homas B. M cCabe A chievement A wards, established by
Thomas B. McCabe T 5, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva
Peninsula and Northern N ew England (M aine, N ew Hampshire, or V er
m ont) w h o give promise o f leadership. In making selections, the Com
mittee will place emphasis on ability, character, personality, and service to
school and community. T w o awards, providing a minimum annual grant o f
$2,050 (tuition) or up to $3,400 depending on need, will be made to
residents o f Delaware or the Eastern Shore counties o f Maryland or V ir
ginia. Non-residents attending school in this area are also eligible.
One award, providing an annual grant o f up to $3,400 depending on
need, will be made to a resident o f Maine, N ew Hampshire, or Vermont.
The Philip T . Sharples Scholarship, a four-year scholarship open
to entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men
in engineering or physical science. The committee, in making its selec
43
tions, w ill have regard fo r candidates w ho rank highest in scholarship,
character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. A t least one scholar
ship will be given each year.
T he Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T . Schless o f
the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered fo r the first time
in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f a former distinguished Professor
o f Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering
will be given preference. A n award is made annually.
The N ew ton E. T arble A ward , established by Newton E. Tarble
o f the Class o f 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, character and personality, and
resides west o f the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the State
o f Illinois.
The Book and K ey Scholarship, established by the Book and Key
men’s senior honorary society in 1965 when the Society dissolved itself,
is awarded each year to a senior man who has shown quality o f leadership
and has demonstrated through past performance his eagerness to give
service to college and community. H e should rank high in scholarship,
character and personality.
The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young
man o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila
delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central
School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College.
The H oward C ooper Johnson Scholarship , established by Howard
Cooper Johnson ’96, is awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement to
a male undergraduate who is a member o f the Society o f Friends.
The T. H. D udley Perkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded
annually to an entering freshman on the basis o f qualities o f manhood,
force o f character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical
vigor as shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The Christian R. and M ary F. Lindback Foundation Scholarship
is awarded to deserving students from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The W illiam G. and M ary N . Serrill H onors Scholarship is a
competitive Scholarship fo r Men, awarded to a candidate fo r admission
to the college, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships.
Preference will be given to men w ho are residents o f Abington Township,
including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pa.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K.
Johnson in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper,
is awarded to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to
have had, since entering College, the best record fo r scholarship, character,
and influence.
44
The D onald R enwick Ferguson Scholarship, established by Mrs.
Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick Fer
guson, M .D ., o f the Class o f 1912, is awarded to a young man who is
looking forward to the study o f medicine.
The P eter M ertz Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman
outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend
ing these talents for the good o f the college community and o f the larger
community outside. The award was established in 1955 by Harold,
LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter Mertz, who was a member
o f the class o f 1957. It is renewable fo r all four undergraduate years.
The A n th o n y Beekman Pool Scholarship. This scholarship is
awarded to an incoming freshman man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class o f 1959.
The W alter W . K rider Scholarship was established by his w ife and
daughter fo r a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character and
personality.
The H oward S. Evans 1903 Scholarship provides scholarships for
worthy male students. The awards are made to those who stand high in
scholarship, character, and personality. Preference is given first to ap
plicants preparing for the ministry o f the Episcopal Church, second, to that
o f other protestant denominations; and third, to those interested in En
gineering or Economics.
Scholarships
for
W omen
The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New
York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded to a young woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character and personality. It is awarded for one year.
The A nnie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young
woman o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central
School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College.
The Clara B. M arshall Scholarship, established by the will o f Dr.
Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with
preference given to descendants o f her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or
Mahlon Phillips.
The G eorge K. and Sallie K . Johnson Fund provides financial aid
during the senior year fo r young women who are fitted to become desirable
teachers.
The M ary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund . A sum o f money
has been left by will o f Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which pro
vides a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore College.
Preference is given to a relative o f the donor.
45
T he H arriet W . Paiste Fund provides a scholarship for a young
woman who is a member o f the Society o f Friends (Philadelphia Yearly
M eetin g ).
T he M ary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C.
Longstreth in memory o f her mother and is to be awarded annually to
assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College.
The Lily T ily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Rich
ards, Jr., in memory o f his w ife, Lily Tily Richards ’ 29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished fo r high scholarship, character, personality and phys
ical vigor.
The Sarah W . Shreiner Scholarship given in loving memory by her
daughter, Leah S. Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a
woman who ranks high in scholarship, character and personality.
The T itus Scholarships established by the w ill o f Georgiana Titus
o f the Class o f 1898 are awarded to young women in order that they may
pursue their studies in the College.
The Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund is the gift of
M ichel Kovalenko in memory o f his wife. This scholarship is to be
awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who is in her junior or senior
year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a graduate o f the college,
preferably a woman, fo r graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or
elsewhere.
T he income o f the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund , given
by members and friends o f the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarth
more, is awarded annually to a woman student.
The M ary W ood Fund provides a scholarship which may be awarded
to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
Loan Funds
Swarthmore participates in the federal loan program established under
the National Defense Education Act. The College also maintains special
loan funds which are listed below. Repayment o f college loans begins
nine months after the student completes his higher education and are re
payable within the next eleven years. The loans bear annual interest
o f 3 % on the unpaid balance beginning with the date on which repay
ment is to begin. Amounts vary according to need, although the College
believes that students should avoid heavy indebtedness which might
prove detrimental to their own plans. The amount o f a loan may not
exceed $1,000 annually. For the year 1968-69 the College has made ap
proximately 150 loans in amounts averaging about $300.
The Joseph W . Conard M emorial Fund , established by friends o f
the late Professor Conard, is available fo r loans to worthy students in
financial difficulty.
46
O ther Special Loan Funds
The A lphonse N . B ertrand Loan Fund .
The C lass of 1916 Loan Fund .
The Class of 1920 Loan Fund .
C lass of 1936 Lo an Fund .
Jo h n A . M iller Loan Fund .
Paul M. P earson Loan Fund .
Ellis D . W illiams Fund .
The
The
T he
The
The
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE STUDENT LOAN FUND.
Student Employm ent affords opportunity to earn money by regular
work at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or
libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship or
a grant-in-aid. The distribution o f jobs among those authorized to hold
them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents o f the bor
ough o f Swarthmore often send requests fo r services to the college, which
cooperates in making these opportunities known to students. About onethird o f the students enrolled in college obtain employment regularly
through the office. Earnings are restricted by the time a student can spend,
though many students earn as much as $200-$300 during the college year,
and some earn up to $500.
47
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES
The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its
faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Second to these are the physical
facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped fo r undergraduate instruction and in some
cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology,
astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f
much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in psychology, zoology,
botany, and premedical studies. T he Pierre S. du Pont Science Building,
completed in I960, provides accommodations fo r chemistry, mathematics,
and physics. Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering labora
tories. The Bartol Research Foundation o f the Franklin Institute, which
is also located on the campus, enjoys an international reputation fo r its basic
research activities in physics, particularly in the fields o f nuclear physics,
cosmic radiation, and solid state physics.
The T homas B. and Jeannette E. L. M cCabe Library contains
reading rooms, offices and a collection o f 315,000 volumes. Some 12,000
volumes are added annually. About 1,500 periodicals are received reg
ularly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and technical
books and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on the front
campus. The D u Pont Science Library, new in I960, houses some 21,000
books and journals in chemistry, engineering, mathematics and physics.
The library is definitely a collection o f books and journals fo r under
graduate use. T he demands o f Honors work, however, make necessary
the provision o f large quantities o f source material not usually found
in collections maintained fo r undergraduates. It is a point o f library
policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library loan,
the books needed by students or members o f the faculty for their individual
research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections— the British
Americana collection, the W ells W ordsworth and Thom son collections,
and a collection o f the issuances o f 561 private presses.
A number o f special features enrich the academic background o f the
college. A m ong these are the follow in g:
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham,
is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f
Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings
belonging to Philadelphia and other Yearly Meetings. M ore than 2,600
record books have been deposited; many o f them have been reproduced
on microfilm, fo r which fou r reading machines are available. The William
W ade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records indexes the material of
genealogical interest in the records o f 307 meetings in various parts of
48
the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the Whittier
Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier,
the Quaker p oet), the M ott Manuscripts (over 400 autograph letters o f
Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks
Manuscripts (m ore than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker
m inister). The Library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about
Friends numbers approximately 30,000 volumes. About 73 Quaker
periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection
o f photographs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f representative Friends,
as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable K ingdom ” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and
others will consider the advantages o f giving to this Library any books and
f amily papers which may throw light on the history o f the Society o f
Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace C ollection is o f special interest
to research students and others seeking the records o f the Peace M ove
ment. The personal papers o f Jane Addams o f Hull House, Chicago,
(approximately 10,000 items) form ed the original nucleus o f the Collec
tion, which now contains documentation on the history o f the organized
peace movement from its beginnings circa 1815 to the present time, as
well as correspondence and writings o f many workers fo r international
peace and arbitration. The Collection includes files o f some 1,200 peace
periodicals published in the United States and abroad over the past 150
years; approximately 154 such periodicals in eleven languages are currently
received from twenty-one countries. This collection is the official deposi
tory fo r the archives o f leading peace organizations in the United States.
A more nearly complete description o f the Collection w ill be found in the
Guide to the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published by the College
and available on request.
The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program o f
lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the college.
The Foundation was established by W illiam J. Cooper, a devoted friend
o f the college, whose wife, Emma M cllvain Cooper, served as a member
o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. M r. Cooper bequeathed
to the college the sum o f $100,000 and provided that the income should
be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens
o f this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education,
the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty,
students and the college community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters o f world interest.” Admission to all programs
is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and
with student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and
also in bringing to the college speakers o f note who remain in residence
for a long enough period to enter into the life o f the community. Some
49
o f these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the auspices o f the Foundation. This
arrangement has so far produced sixteen volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials o f Dem ocracy. Phila
delphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. G eoffrey Chaucer and the D evelopm ent o f His
Genius. N ew York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
W eyl, Hermann. M ind and N ature. Philadelphia, University o f Penn
sylvania Press, 1934.
Am erica’s R ecovery Program, by A . A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A.
Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, N ew York, etc., Oxford
University Press, 1934.
Salter, Arthur S. baron. W orld Trade and Its Future. Philadelphia,
University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1936.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N o w ; a Proposal fo r a Federal
Union o f the D em ocracies o f the N orth A tlantic. N ew York, Harper,
1939.
Krogh, August. T he Comparative Physiology o f Respiratory M echan
isms. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Griffith, Ernest Stacey. T he M odern G overnm ent in A ction. N ew York,
Columbia University Press, 1942.
Linton, Ralph. T he Cultural Background o f Personality. N ew York,
London, D . Appleton-Century Co., 1945.
W ilcox, Clair, Editor. C ivil Liberties Under A ttack. A series o f lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and C ulture; an A nthropological
Approach to Civilization. Chicago, T he University o f Chicago Press, 1956.
W eatherford, W illis D ., Jr., Editor. The Goals o f H igher Education. A
series o f lectures given in the spring o f 1958. Cambridge: Harvard
University Press, I960.
Lovejoy, Arthur Oncken. R eflections on Human Nature. Baltimore:
Johns Hopkins University Press, 1961.
Rhys, Hedley H., Editor. Seventeenth Century Science and the Arts,
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1962.
Brandt, Richard B., Editor. Social Justice. Englewood Cliffs: PrenticeHall, 1962.
Pennock, James Roland, Editor. S elf-governm ent in M odernizing N a
tions. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1965.
The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large
tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this tract has
been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs
and herbaceous plants through the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
50
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott
and Owen and Margaret M oon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the
Class o f 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples
o f the better kinds o f trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants which are
hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by
the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There are exceptionally
fine displays o f Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias and
tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffo
dils, irises, herbaceous peonies, and hemerocallis. Many donors have
contributed generously to the collections.
(F or full information see
Bulletin o f Swarthmore C ollege, V ol. xxxvii, N o. 5 .)
The A rts C enter , opened in 1961, contains the Paul M . Pearson
Experimental Theater, the Florence W ilcox Lobby for art exhibitions, the
Dorothy Hunt Music Room, and studios fo r various arts and crafts.
The Computer C enter , located in Beardsley Hall, is equipped with
an I.B.M. Computer. It is available to the faculty members and students
for research and instruction.
A new Language Laboratory , made possible by a contribution from
the James Foundation o f N ew York, was installed in 1964. It provides
stations for 35 students and has the equipment fo r effective use in language
teaching.
The Bronson M . C utting M emorial Collection of R ecorded
M usic was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift o f approxi
mately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and
musical scores, from the family o f Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator
from N ew M exico. Its object is to make the best recorded music avail
able to the undergraduates, faculty, and friends o f Swarthmore College,
in cooperation with the work o f the college Department o f Music. The
collection is kept up to date with current additions.
The B enjam in W est L ecture, made possible by gifts from members
o f the class o f 1905 and other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the Benjamin W est Society
which built up a collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints, which are
exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes
its name to the American artist, who was b om in a house which stands
on the campus and who became president o f the Royal Academy.
The Potter Collection of R ecorded Literature , established in
1950 with accumulated income from the W illiam Plumer Potter Public
Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded poetry, drama and
prose. A m ong the 700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers
reading from and discussing their w orks; fu ll length versions o f Shake
spearean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the literature o f earlier
periods read both in modern English and in the pronunciation o f the
time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings;
51
and recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials
are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature. The collection is housed
in Beardsley Hall and students are admitted on application to the Secre
tary o f the Language Laboratory. The Department o f English Literature
is in charge o f the collection and selects current additions.
The B etty D ougherty Spock M emorial Fund , established through
the generosity o f friends o f the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides
income for the purchase o f dramatic recordings. These are kept with the
Potter Collection.
T he Boyd and R uth Barnard Fund for the A dvancement of
M usic at Swarthmore was established in 1964 by two graduates o f the
Collège, M r. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The
income from the fund may be used fo r any activity that contributes to the
advancement o f music at the college. It has been, used, for example, for
concerts on the campus, fo r the purchase o f vocal and orchestral scores
and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students in
the Department o f Music who show unusual promise as instrumentalists
or vocalists. Since 1966 part o f the fund has been used to bring to the
campus two Associates in Performance who direct the chamber music
coaching program in the Department o f Music and give weekly concerts
o f chamber music.
T he G ene D . O verstreet M emorial Fund , given by friends in
memory o f Gene D . Overstreet (1 9 2 4 -1 9 6 5 ), a member o f the Political
Science Department, 1957-1964, provides income to bring a visiting expert
to the campus to discuss problems o f developing or modernizing nations
and cultures.
52
COLLEGE LIFE
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assump
tion that an important element in education comes from close association o f
students and instructors. M ost students live in dormitories. Many mem
bers o f the faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are eight dormitories fo r men: W harton Hall, named in honor
o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f
Managers, Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road,
two buildings on the former Mary Lyon School property, and two new
dormitories, Hallowell and Dana, which were opened in September o f
1967.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings o f
Parrish H all; W orth Hall, the g ift o f W illiam P. W orth, ’76, and J.
Sharpies W orth, ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House;
W oolm an H ouse; Ashton H ouse; and W illets Hall, largely made pos
sible by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, T 9 , and named in honor o f her
mother and aunts.
A ll freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students
choose their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must
be obtained to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special
arrangements with the Deans and payment o f the required fee. Freshmen,
sophomores and juniors are asked to leave college immediately after their
last examination in the spring so that their rooms may be used by Com
mencement visitors.
The insurance program fo r the College is designed to provide protection
for College property and does not include the property o f students or
others. It is therefore suggested that students and their parents should
review their insurance program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at college.
D ining H all
A ll students, both men and women, have their meals in the Philip T.
Sharpies D ining Hall.
The dining hall is ordinarily closed during
vacations.
R eligious Life
The religious life o f the college is founded on the Quaker principle
that the seat o f spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light o f each individual.
The Society o f Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best
expressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accordingly no
compulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional
53
element in Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to
attend the churches o f their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist,
and Christian Science churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore;
other churches and synagogues in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media,
Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Meeting House is located on
the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting fo r worship
on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty cooperation exist for the
study o f the Bible and the exploration o f comm on concerns in religion.
Collection
A n assembly o f the college, called Collection, is held at 10: 00 a.m. on
alternate Thursdays in Clothier M emorial; attendance o f students is
required. There is regularly a period o f silence according to the Friendly
tradition and a reading. Lasting about three-quarters o f an hour, Collection
normally includes an address; but this is varied by the occasional intro
duction o f musical, dramatic, and other programs.
Student W elfare
Health
The college physicians hold daily office hours at the college, where
students may consult them without charge. A student must report any
illness to the college physicians, but is free to g o fo r treatment to another
doctor if he prefers to do so.
A t the time o f admission each student must present a brief medical
history and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form
supplied by the college. Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric
disturbances w ill be especially valuable to the college Health Service. All
new students must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox
within five years, in accordance with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at
the beginning o f each year. There is close cooperation with the Depart
ments o f Physical Education. Recommendations fo r limited activity are
made for those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student
may be excused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education
Department.
The W orth Health Center, a g ift o f the W orth family in memory o f
W illiam Penn W orth ’ 76 and Caroline Hallowell W orth ’79, was opened
in September o f 1965. It houses offices fo r the college physicians and
nurses, out-patient treatment facilities and rooms fo r men and women
who must remain as in-patients. Registered nurses are on duty under the
direction o f the college physicians.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the Health Center per term
without charge unless the services o f a special nurse are required. After
ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a
54
communicable disease or from illness which makes it necessary fo r them
to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center fo r the period o f their
illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished without cost, but a charge is
made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures, and trans
portation.
The medical facilities o f the college are available to students injured
in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume addi
tional financial responsibility fo r medical and surgical expenses arising
from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for
all students participating in athletics and is recommended fo r all others.
(F or details see page 37.)
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment
each week in the W orth Health Center. The purpose o f this service
is to be o f help in all types o f emotional problems. The psychiatrists
will provide as complete an evaluation o f any student as possible. Brief
psychotherapy within the limits o f available time w ill be given to students
without charge. In instances where longer treatment is needed, the student
will be referred to an outside psychiatrist.
Vocational A dvising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students
in their choice o f a career. Conferences and field trips are planned
periodically and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help
is offered to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work
opportunities are made known to students.
Alum ni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records o f the addresses o f all living graduates
and alumni o f the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine,
and acts as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups,
interpreting to them the present plans and policies o f the college.
N ew s O ffice
The News Office does a tw o-fold job. It helps prepare the several
publications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue,
the Student Handbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In addition to
this, the News Office, through the largely student operated News Bureau,
works with the press and other communications media in publicizing news
that is o f interest to the general public.
Student A dvising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for
advising all students. However, there are many other advisers available.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member w ho acts as his course
adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman o f the student’ s
major department at the end o f his sophomore year. Faculty members
55
have also been appointed as advisers fo r each o f the men’s varsity athletic
teams. They work closely with the team, attending practices and many
o f the scheduled contests.
Mrs. Gloria Evans is an experienced counselor who is glad to assist
students with problems o f academic adjustment, study skills and reading
proficiency. She also can give aptitude and interest tests on request.
Appointments may be made at her office in Parrish Hall.
Each women’s dormitory has a head resident. In Parrish and Willets,
the head resident is assisted by student residents who are members o f the
junior or senior class.
A group o f upperclass women, under the direction o f the W om en’s
Student Government Association, serve as counselors fo r all freshman
women, several counselors being assigned to each hall. There are also
student proctors in each o f the men’s dormitory sections. A group o f
students assist the Deans with the orientation program conducted during
the freshman week.
T he Student Comm unity
Student Conduct
The Society o f Friends has historically been conservative in social
matters, and its influence within the College community is one o f the
important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose
Swarthmore as their college should recognize that they are selecting a set
o f social and academic standards that are intrinsic to the history and
point o f view o f this institution. In general, the life o f students is to be
governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than by elaborate
rules. Certain rules, however, are o f sufficient importance to deserve atten
tion here:
1. The men’s and women’s dormitories are not to be visited by members
o f the opposite sex except under the follow ing conditions: Visiting is
permitted in the public parlors between certain specified hours; open
houses on certain afternoons and evenings may be scheduled according
to the rules established by the Student Affairs Committee.
2. T he possession and use o f alcoholic beverages on the campus is
forbidden, as is disorderly conduct.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other dangerous weapons is
not permitted, Firecrackers or other explosives are prohibited. Tampering
with fire alarm or prevention equipment is a serious offense.
4. N o undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at
the College without the permission o f the Dean o f Men. This permission
is not extended to freshmen. The administration o f this rule is in the
hands o f a Student-Faculty committee. Day students may use cars for
commuting to College, but special arrangements fo r stickers must be made
fo r campus parking. M ore detailed information may be had from the
Office o f the Deans.
56
5. A t evening concerts, dramatic performances, and public lectures
men will wear coats and ties and women dresses or skirts. A t evening
meals in the dining room the same standards will apply except that it is
recommended that the men wear coats and ties but not required so long
as the dress is in other respects consistent with the spirit o f these regulations.
6. It is a college policy to discourage premature marriages. Under
graduates who wish to marry and remain at Swarthmore must request per
mission to do so from the Deans. I f two students are married without
this permission, one o f them must withdraw from the College.
College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed
and formulated for the approval o f the Administration by the Student
Affairs Committee, which is composed o f Deans and Faculty members
appointed by the President and students elected by the student body. This"
Committee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in
the administration o f rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under
graduate community and is the chief body o f student government. Its
efforts are directed toward coordination o f student activities and the
expression o f student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Budget Committee, which reg
ulates distribution o f funds to student groups; the Elections Committee,
which supervises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Com
mittee, see below. In addition to these, there are several joint FacultyStudent Committees, whose student membership is appointed by the
President o f the College and the President o f Student Council: Collec
tion, Cooper Foundation, Bookstore, Curriculum, Educational Policy,
Men’s Athletics, Schedule o f Classes, Computer, and Library.
Judicial Bodies
W here infractions o f college rules have occurred, decisions about respon
sibility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such
committees have different jurisdictions. The W om en's Judiciary Com
m ittee is a branch o f W S G A and is elected by the women o f the student
body. It sits in all cases o f violations o f W S G A rules or o f violations by
women o f general campus regulations except as they fall in the sphere o f the
Student Judiciary Committee (see b e lo w ). The M en’s Judiciary Com m ittee
is elected by the male students and sits in all cases o f violations o f college
rules by male students except in the kinds o f cases indicated below as
coming under the jurisdiction o f the Student Judiciary Committee. The
Student Judiciary Com m ittee, elected by the entire student body, acts on
cases involving the car rule, dress rule, on cases involving both men and
women, and on others that may require joint action. The C ollege Judiciary
Com m ittee is composed o f student and faculty members and the Deans.
57
It deals with cases referred or appealed from the other Committees or
with any violations that involve penalties o f suspension or expulsion.
W om en’s Student Governm ent
A ll women students are members o f the W om en’s Student Government
Association, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great
variety o f women’s interests. This board includes the officers o f the
Association, the hall presidents and the chairman o f the W om en’s Judiciary
Committee, which maintains social regulations.
Tarble Social Center
Through the generosity o f Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, the
building which formerly housed the College Libraty has been completely
renovated and serves as the College’s Social Center. It includes recrea
tional facilities, lounges, meeting rooms, and a snack bar.
Social Com m ittee
A n extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social
Committee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to
appeal to a wide variety o f interests, and is open to all students. There
is usually no charge fo r college social functions.
Extra -C urricular A ctivities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have
an opportunity to participate in a program o f extra-curricular activities
wide enough to meet every kind o f interest. There are more than thirtyfive organized activities, not including departmental clubs or political
organizations. They vary as greatly as the interests o f the students vary,
from the Flying Club to the Chess Club, from the Creative W riting Group
to the Co-ed Dance Group. The College, however, encourages a student
to participate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents and inclina
tions, believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part o f life.
The Studio A rts Program
The Acting Director o f Studio Arts, Harriet Shorr Baguskas, arranges
for classes in studio arts and for exhibits in the Arts Center and acts as an
adviser to other organizations. See under Studio Arts, page 83, for a list
o f credit and non-credit courses.
The W ilcox Gallery provides ten to twelve exhibitions a year, which are
a direct complement to the program. The works o f nationally known
painters as well as those o f younger artists are exhibited in group and one
man shows.
58
The M arjorie Heilm an V isiting A rtist Program
Each year a committee o f students and faculty members selects an artist
to be invited to spend a week at the College. The work o f the invited
artist is exhibited in the W ilcox Gallery, and he meets and talks with
students on an informal basis. In the past, film maker Rudy Burckhardt,
painter N eil W elliver, potter Toshiko Takaezu, and painter Red Grooms
have been the invited artists.
Music
The Department o f Music administers and staffs several performing
organizations. The College Chorus, directed by Professor Swing, rehearses
twice per week for a total o f three hours. (T h e College Singers, a select
small chorus drawn from the membership o f the Chorus, rehearses an
additional hour per week.) The College Orchestra, directed by Mr.
Freeman, rehearses twice per week: a two-hour rehearsal fo r full orchestra
and a one-hour rehearsal for strings. Members o f the orchestra, other
instrumentalists and solo singers can participate in the chamber music
coaching program directed by Mr. Kalish and Mr. Zukofsky.
The Chorus and Orchestra give several public concerts per year at the
College and at other schools.~^S3ectei members o f the chamber music
coaching program give a public concert in the spring.
A ll three organizations require auditions fo r membership.
The Bond Concert Committee, a student organization working with the
Department o f Music, plans a series o f informal Sunday afternoon con
certs to accommodate students interested in preparing solo and chamber
music performances. These concerts also provide an opportunity for
student composers to get public performances.
The College Band meets once a week to prepare for concerts, and
for playing at fall athletic events.
There are facilities for private practice, and an excellent college record
collection. The Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group o f
concerts each year on the campus.
Drama
Mr. Robert Simons is Director o f Dramatics. H e directs two major
productions and supervises the drama program, which consists o f studentproduced workshop productions, and a bill o f student-written one-act
plays. The Theater W orkshop course is described on page 120.
Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any inter
collegiate program must be justified by the contribution which it can
make to the educational development o f the individual student who chooses
to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore s
athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance
to take part in a wide range o f sports. The College feels that it is
59
desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its inter
collegiate teams.
Fraternities
There are five fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi
Sigma Kappa are affiliated with national organizations while Kappa Sigma
Pi, Tau Alpha Omicron and Phi Omicron Psi are local associations. Fra
ternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate
lodges on the campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda
tions or eating facilities. N ew members are pledged during the late fall
o f their first year at the college. In recent years about 4 0 % o f the fresh
man men have decided to affiliate with one o f the five fraternities.
Student A ctivities Bulletin
A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others
can be had upon request from the Office o f Admissions.
60
P ierre S. du P on t S cience B uilding
THE ED UCATIONAL P R O G R A M OF
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and the de
gree o f Bachelor o f Science. The latter is given only to students who
major in Engineering; the former, to students in the Humanities, the
Social Sciences, and the Natural Sciences.* Four years o f resident study
are normally required for a Bachelor’s degree.
T he selection o f a program will depend upon the student’ s interests and
vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and chem
istry, fo r example, are the usual preparation fo r professional work in these
fields. Students planning a career in law, business, or government service
find majors in the humanities or social sciences o f great value.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for
one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsi
bilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A
liberal education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world
o f thought, and the development o f aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary fo r most students to concern themselves with the problem
o f making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a special
ization that is too early and too narrow. They still have need o f broad
ening the scope o f their experience. Particular skills may afford readier
access to routine employment, but positions o f greater responsibility will
be occupied by those who are equipped to think their way through new
problems and to conceive o f their functions in a larger context o f time
and place. Liberal education and vocational training may be the joint
products o f a common process, and the courses here offered should be
selected with this large purpose in view.
A ll students during the first half o f their college program are expected
to satisfy some if not all o f the distribution requirements, to choose their
major and minor subjects, and to prepare fo r advanced work in these
subjects by taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists
o f fou r courses each semester chosen by the student in consultation with
his course adviser.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two
methods o f study: Honors work and the Course program. A n Honors
student concentrates on two or three fields, his major and one or more
minors, which he studies intensively and which occupy three-fourths of
his working time during the last two years. A t the close o f his senior
year he takes a series o f six examinations given by visiting examiners
over this work. In addition he takes four courses, or the equivalent, which
provide opportunities fo r further exploration outside o f his Honors
program.
A student in the Course program has a somewhat wider freedom of
election and takes four courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
* For groupings of departments, see page 23.
62
four semesters. A t the end o f his senior year he is required to pass a
comprehensive examination given by his major department.
The program fo r engineering students follow s a similar basic plan, with
certain variations which are explained on page 104. Courses outside the
technical fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements fo r graduation, all students must
meet certain standards o f participation in Physical Education as set forth
in the statement o f those departments (see pp. 158-161) and must attend
the Collection exercises o f the college (see p. 5 4 ).
The course advisers o f freshmen and sophomores are members o f the
faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisers are
the chairmen o f their major departments or their representatives.
Program fo r Freshmen and Sophom ores
The curriculum o f the first two years introduces a student to the methods
and content o f a variety o f fields important to a liberal education. T o
this end the student chooses a part o f his program in each o f four groups
o f courses and in addition meets a specified standard in a foreign language.
I. T o meet the distribution requirements o f the College, a student
must take at least two courses from each o f the four groups listed below
and must elect work in at least six departments. Mathematics, though
not one o f the subjects included in the four groups, may be counted as
one o f the six departments.
1. Astronomy 1-2; Biology 1,2; Chemistry 1,2; Engineering 7 ,8 ; Physics
1,2; Physics 7,8 (Concepts and Theories o f Physical Science). See
note below.
2. English Literature 1, which may be follow ed by another course in
English Literature; all literature courses numbered 11, 12 or above
in classical or modern foreign languages; Art History 1, which may
be follow ed by another course in Art History; Music 1, 15, or 16.
3. History 1-2 or 5,6; Philosophy 1, which may be follow ed by another
course in Philosophy or R eligion; Psychology 3, which may be fo l
lowed by another course in Psychology.
4. Economics 1-2A follow ed by another half-course in Economics; Politi
cal Science 1 follow ed by Political Science 2, 3, or 4 ; Sociology-Anthro
pology 1, which may be follow ed by another course numbered in the
2’0 ’s in Sociology-Anthropology.
II. Languages. A ll students except those majoring in Engineering
must include in their programs sufficient work in a modern or classical
language to complete course 4 or its equivalent. The language require
ment may be met in whole or in part by secondary school preparation as
measured by the appropriate achievement test o f the College Entrance
Note: Year courses the numbers o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g ., 1-2) must be
continued for the entire year, credit is not given for the first semester’ s work only. Those
whose numbers are separated by a comma (e.g ., 1, 2 ) may be divided. (Credit is given separately
for each half of the course.)
63
Examination Board, or by a placement examination given at the college
by the appropriate department. The desired standard is normally met on
the basis o f four years work in high school, or o f three or two years work
in high school follow ed by one or two semesters in college.
A t the discretion o f the department concerned, a student may be per
mitted to substitute an advanced course fo r the introductory course in
meeting one o f the distribution requirements. Students entering college
with special preparation in any o f the subjects included in the distribution
requirements may apply to the Committee on Academic Requirements for
exemption from that requirement.
A student who majors in the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, or Engi
neering will take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be
completed fo r the work o f the last two years in major and minor sub
jects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full
program.
It is expected that, after satisfying the requirements in the general pro
gram o f the first two years, the student will devote the remainder o f his
sophomore year to preparing himself fo r more advanced study o f those
subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which will
increase the range o f his knowledge. H e should decide, as early in his
sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might
like to major and should consult the statements o f the departments con
cerned as to required and recommended courses and supporting, subjects.
Physical education is required o f all students (except veterans) in the
first two years. The requirements are stated in fu ll on page 72 and in the
statements o f the departments o f Physical Education.
Program for Juniors and Seniors
W
o r k in
C ourse
The work o f juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive,
specialized study within a general area o f interest. This comprises enough
work in a single department (designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equiva
lent o f eight courses. W ork taken during the first two years may be
counted toward fulfillment o f the major requirements but not more than
twelve courses may be taken in the major field. Before graduation the
student must pass a comprehensive examination in his major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end o f the sophomore
year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the
division concerned. The decision will be based on an estimate o f his
ability in his major subject as well as on his record. I f a student does not
secure divisional approval, he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the
r h a i r m a n o f his major department (o r a member o f the department desig
64
nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure fo r his choice
o f courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room fo r at least one elective a year.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students
who have done distinguished work in the course program.
R e a d in g
for
H onors
The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte
and modified most recently in 1968, is a distinctive part o f Swarthmore’s
educational life. It seeks to free from the limitations o f classroom rou
tine those students whose maturity, interest, and capacity suit them for
independent work. W h ile the program is designedly flexible and respon
sive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three
basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence o f
the system.
( 1 ) Honors work involves a concentration o f the student’s attention
during his last two years upon a limited field o f studies. H e normally
pursues only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the
fragmentation o f interest that may result from a program o f four or more
courses with their daily assignments and frequent examinations. The
content o f the subject matter field is correspondingly broader, permitting
a wide range o f reading and investigation and demanding o f the student
correlations o f an independent and searching nature.
( 2 ) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since
his thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors.
By this program he undertakes to prepare himself to take examinations
in six subjects at the close o f his senior year. In these he is expected
to demonstrate his competence in a field o f knowledge rather than simply
his mastery o f those facts and interpretations which his instructor has
seen fit to present. These examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who read the
papers and then come to the campus to conduct an oral examination o f
each student, in order to clarify and enlarge the basis o f their judgment
of his command o f his material.
( 3 ) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars or small classes
or in independent projects which may lead to an Honors paper or thesis.
Seminars meet once a week, in many cases in the home o f the instructor,
for sessions lasting three hours or more. T he exact technique o f the semi
nar varies with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search
for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment.
Each student has an equal responsibility fo r the assimilation o f the whole
o f the material and is correspondingly searching in his scrutiny o f ideas
presented by his fellows or by his instructor. The student is expected
to devote half o f his working time during a semester to each seminar or
65
course taken in preparation fo r an Honors paper or examination. N o
student is permitted under ordinary circumstances to take more than six
seminars. He may take fewer than six, since he may prepare in other
ways fo r his Honors examinations.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
( 1 ) T he normal program o f Honors work consists o f six subjects
studied during the last two years in preparation fo r papers or examina
tions given by the visiting examiners at the close o f the senior year. The
usual pattern is four papers in the major department and two in a minor
department, but other combinations o f major and minor fields are pos
sible. N o student is allowed more than four papers in his m ajor; in
those cases where he offers three subjects in each o f two fields, one of
them must be designated as his major. W h ile there is a general belief
that two papers in a minor field are desirable 'because o f the mutual rein
forcement they provide, there are by custom certain subjects which are
allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable flexibility in Honors
programs, each being subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and divi
sions in which the work is done.
( 2 ) Students w ho have a special reason to study fo r one or two semes
ters abroad or in another American institution must take the normal
number o f examinations. Such programs must be worked out in advance,
since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners fo r work offered
elsewhere and since instruction in some fields o f the student’s choice
may not be available in the other institution. In general the student fo l
low ing this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully the advan
tage o f working independently or under tutorial guidance against the loss
he incurs by missing both the stimulus and the criticism provided by his
fellows in seminar.
( 3 ) Students who at the end o f the sophomore year did not elect or
were not permitted to read fo r Honors, but whose work has subsequently
shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter the Honors program as
late as the middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no remission
o f the number o f examinations by reason o f their preparation in Course
but shall be subject to the regulations governing Honors programs o f the
division concerned. Such students must petition the division fo r permis
sion to take the Honors examinations and must submit an acceptable list
o f examinations which they are prepared to take.
A candidate fo r admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of
his prospective major and minor departments during the second semester
o f his sophomore year and work out a program fo r the junior and senior
years. This proposed program must be filed in the office o f the Registrar
who will forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance o f the
candidate by the divisions depends in part upon the quality o f his previous
work as indicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon his
apparent capacity fo r assuming the responsibility o f Honors work. The
names o f the accepted candidates are announced later in the spring. The
66
major department is responsible for the original plan o f work and for
keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester.
The division is responsible fo r approval o f the original program and o f
any later changes in that program.
A t the end o f the junior year Honors students are required to take the
Honors examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied.
These trial papers, however, are read by their instructors, not by the visit
ing examiners. On the basis o f the showing made in these examinations,
the student may be advised or even required to return to Course, or he
may be warned that he continues in Honors at his own risk. Those stu
dents who return to Course under these circumstances or fo r other reasons
will receive grades fo r the work they have done while reading fo r Honors,
but in no case without taking examinations over the field covered.
A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the examinations and the
decision o f the degree o f Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands o f the visiting examiners. U pon their recommendation, suc
cessful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with
High Honors, or with Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candidate
does not in the opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any grade, his
papers are returned to his instructors, who decide, under rules o f the
Faculty, whether he shall be given a degree in Course.
P r e - M e d ic a l P r o g r a m
Students who are considering the possibility o f attending medical (or
dental) school after graduation from Swarthmore should plan their aca
demic programs carefully to meet the pre-medical requirements, listed
below, as well as the general College requirements. Specific requirements
o f the various medical schools, as well as basic information on other
aspects o f pre-medical and medical training, can be found in "Admission
Requirements o f American Medical Colleges” published by the Association
o f American Medical Colleges. Recent editions o f this book are available
in the various libraries on the campus. A ll students planning a medical
career should be familiar with this book.
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors will be in contact with the Faculty
Committee on the Pre-Medical Program fo r special advising. It is the
function o f this committee to prepare a statement o f evaluation and its
recommendation to each medical school to which the student may apply,
basing this statement on all information available to it, including the
student’s record and faculty evaluations.
In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program
based on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements,
and the particular needs and interests o f the student. Beyond these con
siderations the need fo r understanding basic social problems, the cultiva
tion o f sensitiveness to cultural values, and the values o f intensive work
in at least one field is kept in mind in mapping an individual program.
The follow in g courses are among the minimum requirements o f most
67
medical schools: Biology 1,2, Chemistry 1,2, Chemistry 28,29, Mathe
matics 3,4 or 5,6, Physics 1,2, English, two semester courses. The
foreign language requirements o f medical schools are automatically
met when the student has satisfied the college language requirement, which
includes language course 4 or its equivalent. In addition, some medical
schools require quantitative analysis (Chemistry 2 6 ) or vertebrate morphology (Z oolo g y 1 4 ). Advanced work in biology, chemistry and mathematics
is recommended where the student’s program and interests permit. M edi
cal school requirements are changing rapidly and the student is urged
to familiarize himself with the specific requirements o f those medical
schools in which he is interested in planning his program.
The work o f the junior and senior year may be done either in the Honors
program or in Course. Intensive work o f the major may be carried out
in any department o f the student’s choice, or major requirements may
be met by completing six courses in each o f two related departments
in the Division o f the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the compre
hensive examination w ill be jointly arranged by the departments con
cerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon
the completion o f three years o f college work, most medical schools
strongly advise completion o f four years o f college, and in practice admit
very few with less.
C o o p e r a t io n
w it h
N
e ig h b o r in g
In s t it u t io n s .
W ith the approval o f their course adviser and the Dean, students may
take courses offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford Colleges or the University
o f Pennsylvania without the payment o f extra tuition. This arrangement
does not apply to the summer session o f the University o f Pennsylvania.
Ed u c a t io n A
broad
The College recognizes the general educational value o f travel and
study abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested stu
dents to take advantage o f such opportunities. It distinguishes, however,
between those foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part
o f a Swarthmore educational program, and those which must be regarded
as supplementary. T o be acceptable fo r credit, foreign study must meet
Swarthmore academic standards, and must form a coherent part o f the
student’s four-year plan o f study. The Honors Program in particular
demands a concentration o f study which is not easily adapted to the very
different educational systems o f foreign universities. Therefore, while
some o f the approved programs listed below may normally be taken as
substitutes fo r a semester or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is
judged individually, and the college may withhold its approval o f a par
ticular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra
college year.
68
Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Dean and
by the Chairmen o f departments concerned, if credit is to be given for
courses taken, and students may be asked to take examinations upon their
return to the College.
1. Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under
formal academic conditions may apply to one o f the programs administered
by other American colleges and universities; fo r example, those o f Hamil
ton College, Smith (College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year
programs o f study at foreign universities, under the supervision o f Amer
ican college personnel. Interested students should consult the Dean for
details.
2. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign
institutions for admission as a special student. This should be done only
after consultation with the Dean and the appropriate department head,
and care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will
be acceptable fo r Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely
limit the number o f students they accept for short periods, however, and
anyone who applies for admission directly must be prepared to be refused.
3. University o f K eele. For a number o f years Swarthmore College and
the University o f Keele, Staffordshire, England, have had a student ex
change each year. A student from Swarthmore is selected fo r study at
Keele by a committee which interviews the applicants. The year at Keele
may take the place o f the junior year at Swarthmore, though it is often
taken as an extra year.
4. Peaslee Scholarships. These scholarships, the gifts o f Amos Peaslee
(Class o f ’0 7 ) were instituted in 1953 and are normally awarded each
year, preferably to sophomores and juniors, fo r language study abroad.
The scholarships are for a minimum o f one semester plus a summer; course
credit is given for the work done upon approval o f the department con
cerned.
5. International Association fo r the Exchange o f Students fo r Technical
Experience. This program, administered by the Engineers’ Joint Council,
provides opportunities fo r engineering and science students to work for
engineering firms and laboratories in Europe during summer vacations.
Students are paid living expenses by the employing firm in the currency
o f the country in which they w ork ; they pay their own travel costs. A ppli
cations must be made by January 1 for work the follow in g summer, and
students are notified o f the Association’s decision by March 31. For
further information, students should consult the chairman o f the Depart
ment o f Engineering.
6. University o f Warwick, England. A fall semester exchange program
for members o f the Swarthmore junior class majoring in History and
second year students in the School o f History at W arwick was inaugurated
in 1966.
69
FACULTY REGULATIONS
A
tten dan ce
at
C la sses
and
C o l l e c t io n
Registration to take a course for credit implies regular attendance at
classes, unless a student specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for exercising this option are
set forth below. W ith this exception, students are responsible fo r regu
lar attendance. Faculty members will report to the Deans the name o f
any student whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the
student’s work. The number o f cuts allowed in a given course is not
specified, a fact which places a heavy responsibility on all students to
make sure that their work is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since
freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect, and since the
Faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the matter
o f class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend
all classes.
W hen illness necessitates absence from classes, the student should re
port at once to the nurses or to the college physician.
A student may obtain credit fo r a course without attending class
meetings by reading the material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a
final examination, under the follow in g conditions:
1 ) The student must signify his intent to do so at the time o f regis
tration, having obtained the instructor’s approval in advance.
2 ) I f after such registration the student wishes to change his status
and attend classes normally, he must again obtain the instructor’s approval.
3 ) T he student may be required to perform such work, in addition to
the final examination, as the instructor deems necessary for adequate
evaluation o f his performance.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the Registrar exactly as if the
student had attended classes normally.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by
the faculty. A ll students are allowed two absences from Collection
each term.
G rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take
the form o f comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end o f each se
mester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system,
by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work,
D passing but below the average required for graduation, and E failure.
Beginning in September, 1968, the only reports recorded on students’
records for courses taken during their freshman year will be P (pass) or
E ( f a i l ) . W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw from
the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X designates a
condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the
70
first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second
half may earn a passing grade fo r the fu ll course and thereby remove
his condition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated because o f deficiencies in
English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific
assignments or examinations. T he Faculty has voted that the grade given
in a course should incorporate a zero fo r any part o f the course not com
plete by the date o f the final examination. The grade Incomplete should
be given only after consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in
which it can be shown that illness, military service, or the like made it
impossible for the student to complete his work before the deadline, or
in cases in which the instructor wishes to insist on the completion o f
the work before giving a grade with penalties. I f an Inc. is received, it
must normally be made up in the term immediately follow ing that in
which it was incurred. A date is set at the end o f the first six weeks o f
each term when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers
submitted. Under special circumstances involving the use o f laboratories
or attendance at courses not immediately available, a student may secure
permission to extend the time fo r making up an incomplete until the
second term follow ing. This permission must be given in writing and
filed in the Office o f the Registrar. Any not made up within a year from
the time it was imposed shall be recorded as E, a failure which cannot
be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end o f each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for gradua
tion in honors work, the recommendation o f the visiting examiners.
R e g is t r a t io n
A ll students are required to register at the time specified in official
announcements and to file programs o f courses or seminars approved
by their course advisers. Fines are imposed fo r late or incomplete regis
tration.
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses
in each semester. I f more than five or fewer than four courses seem
desirable, he should consult his course adviser and file a petition with
the Committee on Academic Requirements.
Applications involving the late entrance into a course must be received
within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving with
drawal from a course must be received not later than the middle o f the
semester.
Ex a m i n a t i o n s
Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement o f
which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour
only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge o f the course.
71
N o examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in
terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the col
lege and under direct departmental supervision.
S u m m e r Sc h o o l W
ork
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required
to obtain the endorsement o f the chairman o f the department concerned
before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are re
quired to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P h y s ic a l E d u c a t i o n
Physical education is required o f all women and non-veteran men in
the freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the
college physician. A minimum o f three periods per week shall be required.
I f any semester’s work o f the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated
in the junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter his senior year
with a deficiency in physical education.
Ex c l u s i o n
from
College
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose
conduct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without
assigning any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be
refunded or remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor
any o f its oificers shall be under any liability whatsoever fo r such exclusion.
Requirements for Graduation
Bachelor
of
A
rts
and
Bachelor
of
S c ie n c e
T he degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science are conferred
upon students who have met the follow in g requirements fo r graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed thirty-two courses or their
equivalent.
2. H e must have an average grade o f C on the courses counted for
graduation.
3. H e must have complied with the distribution requirements.
4. H e must have met the requirements in the major and supporting
fields during the last two years.
5. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations
in his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with honors.
6. H e must have completed four terms o f study at Swarthmore College,
two o f which have been those o f the senior year.
7. H e must have completed the physical education requirement set
forth on page 72 and in statements o f the Physical Education Departments.
72
8.
H e must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment
and library books.
A dvanced D egrees
M
aster o f
A rts
and
M
aster o f
Sc ie n c e
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f Science may be conferred
subject to the follow in g requirements:
Only students who have completed the work fo r the Bachelor’s degree
with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution o f
satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s
degree at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim
o f the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on
the Master’s Degree. I f accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name
shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the
year in which the candidate is to begin his work.
The requirements fo r the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent
o f a fu ll year’s work o f graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f
the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or
in two related departments. The catalogue statements o f departments
which offer graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may
be taken fo r this purpose.
A candidate fo r the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an exami
nation conducted by the department or departments in which his work
was done. H e shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the
Committee on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments con
cerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with
the reports o f the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommenda
tions to the faculty for the award o f the degree.
At the option o f the department or departments concerned, a thesis
may be required as part o f the work fo r the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree w ill be expected to show before
admission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by
his department or departments most essential fo r his field o f research.
Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements
o f departments which admit candidates fo r the degree.
The tuition fee fo r graduate students who are candidates for the
Master’s degree is $1,600 per year, and the general fee fo r these students
is $25 per semester.
A d v a n c e d En g in e e r in g D
egrees
The advanced degrees o f Mechanical Engineer (M .E .), Electrical
Engineer (E .E .), and Civil Engineer (G .E .), may be obtained by graduates
73
who have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling
the requirements given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five
years since receiving his first degree.
2. H e must have had charge o f engineering work and must be in a
position o f responsibility and trust at the time o f application.
3. H e must make application and submit an outline o f the thesis he
expects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be
conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted fo r approval one calendar month before
the time o f granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee o f $5 and an additional
fee o f $20 when the degree is conferred.
AWARDS AND PRIZES
The I v y A w a r d F u n d was created by a g ift from Owen M oon, ’94.
The income o f the fund is placed in the hands o f the faculty fo r award
on Commencement Day to a male member o f the graduating class. The
qualifications fo r the Ivy Award are similar to those fo r the Rhodes
Scholarships and include (a ) qualities o f manhood, force o f character,
and leadership; ( b ) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These
have been phrased by the donor in the words "leadership based upon
character and scholarship.”
T h e O a k L e a f A w a r d was established by David Dw ight Rowlands o f
the Class o f 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory o f him
by Hazel C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A . Lukens, ’98. The award
is made by the faculty each year to the woman member o f the Senior
Class who is outstanding fo r loyalty, scholarship and service.
T he M c C a b e E n g i n e e r i n g A w a r d , founded by Thomas B. McCabe,
1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student
in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty
o f the department o f Engineering.
The P h i B e t a K a p p a P r iz e is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to
the member o f the junior class who had the best academic record for
the first two years. The value o f the prize is $40.
The B r a n d B l a n s h a r d P r i z e , honoring Brand Blandshard, professor
o f philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by
David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The award o f $50 is presented
annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the department, submits
the best essay on any philosophical topic.
The A . E d w a r d N e w t o n L i b r a r y P r i z e o f $50, endowed by A.
Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established
74
by W . W . Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in
the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, shows the best and most in
telligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis
is laid in the award not merely upon the size o f the collection but also
upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s
knowledge o f their subject-matter.
The K a t h e r i n e B. Sic a r d P r iz e o f $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma
Fraternity in memory o f Katherine B. Sicard, ’ 34, is awarded annually
to the freshman woman who, in the opinion o f the department, shows
greatest proficiency in English.
P u b l ic S p e a k i n g C o n t e s t s . Prizes for contests in public speaking are
provided as follow s: The E l l a F r a n c e s B u n t i n g E x t e m p o r a r y Sp e a k
i n g F u n d awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches.
The
O w e n M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contests awards
for the best prepared speeches on topics o f current interest. The W i l l i a m
P l u m e r P o t t e r P u b l i c S p e a k i n g F u n d , established in 1927, sponsors
a contest in the reading o f poetry as well as providing funds for other
contests described below and fo r the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 50.
Three prizes for the best student-written one-act plays are provided by
the W i l l i a m P l u m e r P o t t e r F u n d . The winning plays are usually
produced during the fall semester by the Little Theater Club.
Prizes for the best student short stories are also awarded from the
W
il l ia m
Plu m er Potter Fu n d .
The Lois M o r r e l l P o e t r y A w a r d , given by her parents in memory
o f Lois Morrell o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual com
petition for the award. The award, consisting o f $100, is made in the
spring o f the year. A ll entries should be submitted by A pril 1.
The Jo h n R u s s e l l H a y e s P o e t r y P r iz e s , o f approximately $25 for
a first,prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered fo r the best original
poem or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready
by April 1 o f each year.
The A c a d e m y o f A m e r i c a n P o e t s has established at Swarthmore C ol
lege one o f its five-year award programs. The Academy gives $100 each
year fo r the prize poem (o r group o f poem s) submitted in a competition
under the direction o f the Department o f English Literature. The pro
gram was initiated in 1967,
The M a y E. P a r r y M e m o r i a l A w a r d , given by the Class o f 1925 o f
which she was a member, is presented each year to the senior woman who
by her loyalty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College. The recipient is chosen by the faculty
o f the Department o f Physical Education fo r W om en.
75
F E L L O W S H IP S
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommenda
tion o f the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates o f the college
for the pursuit o f advanced work. The proposed program o f study must
have the approval o f the faculty. Applications fo r fellowships must be
in the hands o f the committee by April 15. Applicants fo r any one o f
these fellowships will be considered fo r the others as well.
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A . L e e d o m F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,100 founded by the
bequest o f Hannah A . Leedom.
The J o s h u a L i p p i n c o t t F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,400, founded by Howard
W . Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father.
The Jo h n L o c k w o o d M e m o r i a l F e l l o w s h i p o f $1,400, founded by
the bequest o f Lydia A . Lockwood, N ew York, in memory o f her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be
awarded to a member o f the Society o f Friends.
Four other fellowships are open to graduates o f Swarthmore College
under the conditions described below:
The L u c r e t i a M o t t F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society and sustained by the contribution o f its life members, has yielded
an annual income since its foundation o f $525 or more. It is awarded
each year by a committee o f the faculty to a woman graduate o f that year
who is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved by this
committee.
The M a r t h a E. T y s o n F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville
Literary Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions o f life members
o f the society and yields an income o f $500 or more. It is awarded bien
nially by a committee o f the faculty to a woman graduate o f that year who
plans to enter elementary or secondary school work. The recipient o f the
award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the
Committee o f Award.
Si g m a X i R e s e a r c h F e l l o w s h i p . The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma
X i appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with
research grants with a maximum value o f $1,000. The holders o f this
fellowship are usually associates o f the chapter who have shown con
spicuous ability in graduate studies. The purpose o f the chapter in award
ing these fellowships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and
other distracting duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible
upon their research. Applications for these fellowships should be made
to the secretary o f the chapter not later than the middle o f March. A ppoint
ments will be announced about the m iddle o f April.
76
The P h i B e t a K a p p a F e l l o w s h i p o f $250, founded by the Swarthmore Chapter o f the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at
the discretion o f the Committee on Fellowships on the basis o f intellectual
distinction to a member o f the senior class w ho has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and who proposes to pursue graduate study and scholarly work.
77
Thom as B. and Jeannette L. M cC abe Library
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
The course (semester course) is the unit o f credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given fo r double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses.
A system o f uniform numbering is used in all departments.
Courses are
numbered as follow s:
1
11
51
101
to
9— introductory courses
to 49— other courses open to students o f all classes
to 69— advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors.
to 199— seminars fo r Honors students and graduate students
Year courses the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2)
must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only.
ART
Department o f Art History
Professors: Robert M. W alker , Chairm an
H edley H. R hys
A ssociate Professors: Joh n W . W illiams f
T im othy K. K itao
Instructor : M olly Paries **
V isitINO L ecturer : D avid Sylvester * * *
The
o f the Department is to study the historical significance and aesthetic
values o f architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and drawings).
Methods and problems o f criticism are considered: observation, analysis, inter
pretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means o f original works of
art as well as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private
collections in N ew York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and W ashington and to signifi
cant examples o f architecture in these areas.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
Prerequisites: Majors in Course and majors and minors in Honors must take two
courses, one o f which must be Art History 1. This requirement must be fulfilled
before the junior year. For other students the prerequisite for all other courses
is Art History 1, with the exception o f Art History 30, Modern Architecture,
which is open to Engineers without any prerequisite.
Majors in Course: The program consists o f at least eight courses (including Art
History 1) in the Department. The student must have at least one course in each
o f the major periods o f art history.
Majors and Minors in H onors: Majors in Honors may take four seminars in the
Department. A minor in Honors usually consists o f two seminars. T he seminars
offered in any one semester vary according to the requirements o f the students
and the convenience o f the Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in art history requires a knowledge o f French and German.
C ourses
1. Introduction to A rt H istory, Mr. Kitao, Mr. Walker.
Each semester
A critical study o f the nature and development o f architecture, sculpture and
painting in the historical context o f the major cultural periods o f western
civilization from the Fifth Century B.C.
T w o hours o f lectures and a conference meeting each week.
11. D esign
in
D rawing
and
Painting . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
The basic elements o f design and their function in drawing and painting.
Types o f harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and spatial.
The methods o f design and representation that characterize the various his
torical styles. Practical exercises required demand no special technical apti
tude, since the purpose o f the course is to develop a critical understanding
o f drawing and painting and not technical skill.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
** Spring semester, 1968-69.
*** Spring semester, 1969-70.
80
13. A ncient A rt . M r. W a lk er.
Fall semester
A study o f the development o f the forms o f architecture, sculpture and paint
ing as they express the cultural patterns o f Ancient Greece from the Bronze
A ge through the Hellenistic Age.
16. Early M edieval A rt .
Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
The formation and development o f art and architecture in Europe and the
Mediterranean from about 300 to 1000 A .D .
N ot offered in 1968-69.
17. Romanesque
and
G othic A rt . Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
T he art o f Western Europe from about 1000 to about 1350 A .D .
N ot offered in 1968-69.
18. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Fall semester
A study o f selected problems in Italian art and architecture from 1400 to
1600 as represented by such masters as Masaccio, Donatello, Leonardo,
Raphael, Michelangelo, Titian and Palladio.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
20. N orthern Renaissance A rt .
Miss Faries.
Spring semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts during the fifteenth and six
teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands and Germany through the study
o f individual artists such as Jan van Eyck, Roger van der W eyden, Jean
Fouquet, Albrecht Dürer, Grünewald, Holbein, Jerome Bosch and Pieter
Bruegel.
21. Baroque A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Spring semester
A study o f selected problems in European art and architecture o f the seven
teenth century as represented by such masters as Caravaggio, the Carracci,
Rubens, Bernini, Borromini, Rembrandt and Velazquez. Special attention will
be given to the genesis of the Baroque style in Rome.
30. M odern A rchitecture.
Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A n introduction to the nature o f architecture and the functions o f the archi
tect through a study o f the developments in European and American build
ing during the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence
o f economic, technological and social changes upon design and structure.
Emphasis placed on the study o f original examples in the N ew Y ork and
Philadelphia areas and on the work o f such men as Sullivan, W right, Gropius,
Mies van der Rohe, Saarinen and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite o f Art History 1 is waived for students in Engineering.
31. M odern Painting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French
Revolution through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings o f the various move
ments and their relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
32. A merican A rt .
Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial
Period to the present day, their connection with European art and their
significance as a reflection o f American culture.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
51. Far Eastern A rt . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
An introduction to the history o f pictorial art in Asia, especially China and
Japan, from the earliest phases and origins o f pictorial art in China to new
movements in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Iconography, stylistic
definition and the treatment o f form, color and space as they differ from
such concerns in Western art w ill receive special attention.
81
56. T he City . M r. K itao.
Fall semester
A study o f the visual and physical aspects o f our man-made environment;
the way it affects our lives through our immediate perception and daily use
o f it; perception, analysis and interpretation o f the form, structure, imagery
and dynamics o f selected historical and contemporary urban spaces.
60. Senior Reading. Staff.
Spring semester
61-62. Senior T hesis. Staff.
Fall and spring semesters
W ith the approval o f the department a thesis may be written during the
senior year.
63-64. Colloquium : Problems in T wentieth C entury A rt .
Mr. Sylvester.
Spring semester
Offered in 1969-70.
65-66. Colloquium : M ichelangelo. Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
Offered in 1969-70.
H
onors
S e m in a r s
101. A ncient A rt . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
A study o f the development of the forms o f art and architecture as they
express the cultural patterns o f Ancient Greece from the Bronze A ge through
the Hellenistic Age.
103. M edieval A rt . Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
The development of the forms o f Christian art during the M iddle Ages
from the fourth to the thirteenth century.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
104. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Spring semester
A study o f selected problems in Italian art and architecture from 1400 to
1600 with special emphasis on the development o f the H igh Renaissance
by Raphael, Michelangelo and Bramante in the Rome o f Julius II.
105. N orthern Renaissance Painting . Miss Faries.
Spring semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts during the fifteenth and
sixteenth centuries in France, the Netherlands and Germany with intensive
study o f individual masters: Jan van Eyck, Roger van der W eyden, Jean
Fouquet, Albrecht Differ, Jerome Bosch and Pieter Bruegel.
106. Baroque A rt . Mr. Kitao.
Spring semester
A study o f selected problems in European art and architecture o f the seven
teenth and eighteenth centuries with special emphasis on the genesis and
development o f the Baroque style in Rome.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
107. M odern Painting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French
Revolution through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings o f the various move
ments and their relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
108. Problems in T wentieth Century A rt . Mr. Sylvester.
Spring semester
Offered in 1969-70.
109. M aster Print M akers. Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A consideration o f certain problems in the history o f the graphic arts. A
study o f the work of such men as Schongauer, Differ, Rembrandt, Goya,
Daumier, Toulouse-Lautrec, and Picasso for the development o f expression
in the media of woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Stu
dents work almost exclusively with originals in the Print Room o f the Phila
delphia Museum and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
82
Program In Studio Arts
I n s t r u c t i n g St a f f :
H a r r ie t S h o r r B a g u s k a s , A cting Director
W
il l
Brow n
Barbara Elm o re
K it Y
in
Jo h n V
T i e n g Sn y d e r * *
o r l ic e k
W ork in drawing, pointing and printmaking may be taken for course credit
with the approval o f the instructor and normally after a semester’ s work without
credit. The courses are designed for half-course credit.
1. D rawing . Mrs. Baguskas.
Each semester
Three hour studio course. The student w ill be expected to fulfill twelve
drawing assignments in addition to work in the class. Introduction to the
problems o f drawing and to the various drawing media. Emphasis on drawing
from the nude figure. Drawing trips, four during the semester, w ill enable
the student to explore the problems o f landscape drawing.
5. Introduction to O il Painting . Mrs. Baguskas.
Fall semester
Problems in oil painting with the emphasis on the making o f space and
form through color. Exploration o f color through collage complements
work in painting. W ork w ill be largely from still life set ups, each student
designing his own. Four visiting painters from N ew York w ill give critiques
to the class during the course o f the semester. Gallery trips to N ew Y ork
and Philadelphia will be an integral and required part o f the course.
6. Introduction
to O il Painting . Mrs. Baguskas.
Spring semester
Problems in oil painting with the emphasis on the figure, in interior and
landscape space. Four visiting critics. Students w ill study through slides
and library sources the development o f figure painting.
9. Printmaking . Mr. Vorlicek.
Each semester
Exploration in the processes o f Intaglio and Screen printing. The techniques
and tools o f etching, aquatint, drypoint, engraving and silk screen are dis
cussed and demonstrated. The student w ill explore one o f these processes
thoroughly. Discussion and criticism o f formal organization is an integral
part o f the course. Students w ill visit, with the instructor, important collec
tions o f prints so they can study first hand various technical and aesthetic
aspects o f printmaking.
Studio work, not given for course credit, is offered in jewelry making, photog
raphy and film, and pottery. There w ill be twelve classes o f two hours each
during the semester.
Jewelry. Mrs. Elmore.
Each semester
Instruction in the making of jewelry and small sculpture, using copper silver
and enamel. Techniques o f sawing, shaping, soldering and polishing for the
beginner, etching, dressing, stone setting and work in gold for the more
advanced. |
Photography
and
Film . Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Instruction in the techniques of film making. Individual projects in film as
well as a class film. Instruction in photography and dark room techniques.
Pottery. Mrs. Snyder.
Each semester
Beginning course. An introduction to the techniques o f forming stoneware
pottery. Instruction in handbuilding, throwing on the potter s wheel and
glazing-
.
. ,. .,
,
Advanced course. (Six two-hour classes) Concentration on individual proj
ects with the emphasis on form and glazing. Instruction in kiln operation.
** Fall semester.
83
ASTRONOMY
Pro fesso r: Peter
V
is it in g
K a m p , Chairman and Director o f
Sproul Observatory
v a n de
P rofessors:
R esearch A
W
il h e l m
W
il l e m
s s o c ia t e s a n d
B ecker **
J. L u y t e n * *
L e c t u r e r s : Jo h n
L. H
ersh ey
Sa r a h L e e L i p p i n c o t t
R e s e a r c h A s s is t a n t : B a r r y H . F e ie r m a n
Astronomy deals with the nature o f the universe about us and the methods em
ployed to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary
courses present the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowl
edge o f the facts and development o f theories. The advanced courses consider some
o f these problems in detail. The seminars deal primarily with the techniques,
methods and problems o f the Sproul Observatory research program.
The principal instrument o f the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor o f thirty-six-foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography.
The instrument, recently renovated, has been in operation since 1912 and provides
a valuable and steadily expanding collection o f photographs. Measuring and cal
culating machines are available for the measurement and reduction o f the photo
graphs. The principal program o f the Observatory is an accurate study o f the
distances, motions and masses o f the nearer stellar systems.
The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night o f each
month during the college year— October through May. W ith clear weather, visitors
have the opportunity o f seeing many celestial objects o f various types in the course
o f a year. The visiting hours are from 7:00 to 8:30 p.m. in the fall and winter,
but are set later during the spring.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
a jo r s
Prerequisites for an Astronomy major, in course, are Astronomy 1-2, or 1-15,
advanced courses and seminars (taken as double courses) in Astronomy, combined
with work in mathematics and physics.
Prerequisites for admission to the honors program in Astronomy, either as a
major or a minor, are Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy 1-2, or 1-15, Physics 1-2, and
a reading knowledge o f French, German or Russian.
C ourses
1—2. D escriptive A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp, Mr. Becker, and Mr. Luyten.
Year course
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results o f astronomy.
Fundamental notions o f physics are studied as they are needed to provide an
adequate scientific basis for the course. Three class periods each week,
practical work to be arranged.
13. Introduction
to
M athematical A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical astronomy;
concepts.
celestial navigation;
** Spring semester, 1968-69.
84
the two body problem;
energy
14. Problems of G alactic Structure .
Miss Lippincott.
Stellar motions, magnitudes and spectra.
Star clusters and associations.
Unstable stars.
Stellar populations.
15. Intermediate A stronomy . Mr. Becker and Mr. Luyten.
Survey o f observational data. Variable and double stars. Stellar spectra and
stellar structure.
Spectrum-luminosity diagram.
Evolution o f stars and
clusters; galactic structure.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4 or equivalent; Physics 1-2, or equivalent, may
be taken concurrently with consent o f instructors.
H
Se m i n a r s
onors
101. A strometry. Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical trigonometry, celestial sphere. Stellar positions and their changes.
Precession, proper motion, parallax and aberration. Solar motion, galactic
rotation.
Relation between sphere and plane.
Long-focus photographic
astrometry, technique and methods. Analysis o f stellar paths for proper mo
tion and parallax; secular acceleration. Visual binaries; analysis for massratio; perturbations. Star fields; clusters and multiple stars. Theory of
errors, method o f least squares.
103. Cosmic M atter , Radiation,
and
Fields.
Phenomena in the upper atmosphere. Solar-terrestrial relationships.
rays. Radiation belts. Radio astronomy. Meteors and meteorites.
with rockets, artificial satellites and space probes.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
104. A strophysics.
Cosmic
Studies
Mr. Hershey.
Review o f observational material. Atomic spectra. The gaseous
Radiation. Continuous spectra o f stars. Formation o f absorption
Stellar interiors.
110. Research Project .
state.
lines.
Staff.
G raduate W
ork
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’ s
degree (see page 7 3 ), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree w ill normally take four honors seminars,
selected from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with
the faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may
be substituted fo r one o f the seminars.
Candidates fo r the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge o f two
modern languages.
85
B IO L O G Y
P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t K . En d e r s
L a u n c e J. F l e m i s t e r
L u z e r n e G . L iv in g s t o n f
N
orm an
N
eal
A. M
A. W
e in k o t h ,
Chairman
eber
A
s s o c ia t e
Pro fesso r: K
A
s s is t a n t
P r o f e s s o r s : Jo h n
enneth
S. R a w s o n
B. J e n k i n s , Jr .
R o b e r t E. Sa v a g e
A
s s is t a n t s :
B a r b a r a Y . St e w a r t
Je a n D . T o m e z s k o
Through its elementary course the Department o f Biology introduces the student
to a comprehensive view o f those principles, problems and phenomena common to
all organisms, with plants and animals interpreted on a comparative basis. Advanced
courses are listed under three categories: those dealing specifically with plant
biology (B otany), or animal biology (Z o o lo g y ), and those whose subject matter
deals with phenomena common to all living organisms (B io lo g y ).
Following the broad review o f the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the
course in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first,
specific aspects o f the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in
anatomy and physiology, second, broader aspects o f a specific subject are treated as
in entomology, parasitology, embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy.
T he structural and functional consideration is extended to include problems o f inter
dependence o f organisms in plant and animal societies and the influence o f physical,
chemical and biological factors in the survival o f those societies.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
a jo r s in
C ourse
A student may elect to major in biology, botany or zoology. Students in Course
should include the follow ing supporting subjects in addition to the eight courses
in their major subject: chemistry, including at least one semester in organic
chemistry, two courses in physics and two in mathematics. These courses are re
quired for majors in botany or zoology, and should be completed by the end of the
junior year. The program for biology majors may be modified in respect to outside
requirements when the department considers cause for such modification to be
sufficient.
H
onors
W
ork
Requirements for admission to Honors with major work in the department in
clude:
Biology 1,2, another course in the department, chemistry through
organic chemistry, physics, and first year mathematics. It should be noted that
certain subjects likely to be chosen as minors in other departments require a
second year o f mathematics.
Honors students in this department may designate a major in biology, botany
or zoology according to their preferences. Offerings listed under Biology may be
included in a major in botany or zoology, but a botany major may not include
papers listed as Zoology nor the zoology major include those listed under Botany.
A major in biology w ill by definition include papers selected from among the
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69.
86
total departmental Honors offerings. Any Honors program in the biological sci
ences must include at least two papers outside the department.
Students planning a minor in biology, botany or zoology should note the pre
requisites listed fo r each seminar, and consult with the department chairman.
Biology
1,2. G eneral Biology. Staff.
A n introduction to the study o f living things. A consideration o f the proper
ties o f protoplasm and the structure o f the cell; a brief survey o f living forms,
both plant and animal. The methods by which organisms maintain themselves,
grow and reproduce, and a discussion o f the mechanism o f heredity. Some
time w ill be devoted to the interrelationships o f plants and animals in com
munities, and the place o f man in the whole structure.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
20. G enetics. Mr. Jenkins.
Fall semester
The course centers around three basic areas: the nature o f the genetic
material, its transmission, and its mode o f action; the role o f genetics in
development and evolution w ill also be considered. Some time w ill be
devoted to historical development o f the basic concepts o f genetics, and to
the social implications o f modern genetics.
Three periods per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library
projects in lieu o f formally organized laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 1,2.
21. Cell Biology. M r. Savage.
Spring semester
A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f cytoplasmic components o f the
cell, including membranes and membrane surrounded organelles (endo
plasmic reticulum, G olgi, lysosomes, microbodies, mitochondria, chloroplasts
and other plastids), ribosomes, centrioles, and related structures. Laboratory
experiments illustrate techniques commonly used in cell biology.
Three hours o f lecture or discussion and one period o f laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and concurrent registration in organic chemistry.
59.
Cytology . Mr. Savage.
Fall semester
A study o f the structure and function o f cells as units o f biological organ
ization, and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the
student learns some o f the techniques by which information about cells is
arrived at and observes the characteristics o f cells as units and as parts of
organized tissues.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry.
68. Biology of Bacteria. Mr. Livingston.
Spring semester
A n approach to the study o f bacteriology with principal emphasis on the con
sideration o f bacteria as organisms rather than as causative agents o f disease,
etc. The morphology, physiology and biochemistry, ecology, genetics, and
classification o f bacteria.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry.
H onors W ork
102. Cytology .
Mr. Savage.
Fall semester
A study o f the structure and function o f the cell. Living material w ill be
examined and modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
87
113. G enetics. Mr. Jenkins.
Spring semester
A n extension o f the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on
current research in the field o f inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar
discussion is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week.
115. M icrobiology. Mr. Livingston.
Spring semester
A n extension o f the area covered in course 68. Particular emphasis is
placed on physiological and biochemical aspects o f the subject. Some work
on fungi and viruses is included.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
Botany
15. T axonomy
of
Seed P lants .
Spring semester
A n introduction to the classification o f the major groups o f flowering plants
and gymnosperms, stressing those o f biological, cultural, or economic interest.
Thè emphasis is upon a w orld wide flora and upon cultivated as well as wild
plants. Modern concepts o f phylogeny, biosystematics, and biogeography are
included. Suggested as an early course for biology majors and as a cultural
course for non-majors.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite:
Biology 1,2.
16. D evelopmental P lant A natomy .
Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, fall semester
The fundamentals o f anatomy o f seed plants approached from a developmental
standpoint. The structure and behavior o f meristems, problems and processes
o f differentiation, and a detailed analysis o f cellular, tissue and organ structure
in higher plants.
T w o lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1,2.
18. Biology
of
Lower Plants . Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, fall semester
A n introduction to the algae, fungi, mosses, and ferns, including aspects of
their classification, phylogeny, structure, physiology, and ecology. The labora
tories are in part exploratory and experimental. Their content depends in part
upon the current interests o f staff and students.
Three lectures and one field trip and/or laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite:
Biology 1,2.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
67. Plant Physiology. Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, spring semester
A n integrated study o f the physiological processes o f higher plants, including
general cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action,
photosynthesis, metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology o f growth
and development, and related topics.
T w o lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites:
Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
70. Plant Ecology.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study o f the structure, distribution, and dynamics o f plant communities.
Background material in physical geography is included. The impact of plant
communities upon man through agriculture and land use practices is mentioned
but not stressed. Laboratory work emphasizes the accumulation and analysis
o f field data.
88
Three lectures and one field trip or laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
71-72. Special T opics.
Staff.
W ith the permission o f the department, qualified students may elect to pursue
a research or reading program not included in the regular course program.
H onors W
111. Plant Physiology.
ork
Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, spring semester
A n extension o f the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on
a critical study o f original sources, both classical and current. The seminar
discussion is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and organic chemistry.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
112. Problems of Plant G rowth and D evelopment. Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, fall semester
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant
anatomy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a
full day o f laboratory work each week.
Prerequisites:
Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor.
118. Plant Ecology.
Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study o f the interrelationships between plants and their environment. D is
cussion periods are devoted to the development o f basic principles. Field and
laboratory work applies these concepts to specific organisms and habitants.
Laboratory work is used to isolate problems encountered in the field. Both
higher plants and microorganisms are used as experimental materials. Com
parisons are made between aquatic and terrestrial habitants.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2 and permission o f the instructor.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
120. Special T opics. Staff.
W ith the permission of the department, qualified students may elect to pursue
a research problem or reading program not included in the regular offerings
in honors.
Zoology
12. V ertebrate Physiology. Mr. Flemister.
A general consideration
placed on mammals and
animal to environmental
dividual student’s area o f
in Biology is desirable.
period per week.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
Spring semester
o f the functional process in animals with emphasis
other vertebrates. The aspects o f adaptation o f the
stress are treated in such a way as to serve the in
concentration. In preparation the introductory course
T w o lectures, one conference and one laboratory
14. V ertebrate M orphology . Mr. W eber.
Fall semester
A consideration o f the vertebrate body plan at the microscopic, developmental
and adult gross morphological levels. Areas stressed in some detail w ill in
clude the structure and microscopic appearance o f vertebrate tissues and
organs, embryonic development o f an amphibian through organogenesis and
adult mammalian gross morphology.
Three hours o f lecture or discussion and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1,2.
89
25. Field Z oology. Mr. W eber.
Spring semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics,
relationships to the environment, habits and distribution. Regional and world
faunas w ill be discussed. Much o f the work w ill be done in the field.
Prerequisite:
52. Embryology.
Biology 1,2, Zoology 14 desirable.
Mr. Enders.
Fall semester
A study o f development o f vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned
with an investigation o f the events which precede development, an analysis
o f the development processes, and a brief survey o f the contributions o f the
field o f experimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the
embryology o f the frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and one laboratory
period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1,2, Zoology 14.
53. Biology of A rthropods. Mr. W eber.
Fall semester
The study o f insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Laboratory work w ill include the study
o f living material and current research w ill be considered. Each student will
prepare a study collection from field trips.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
54. Biology of Parasitism. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, spring semester
A consideration o f parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to
the parasitic habit. Surveys are made o f parasites in native animals. Classifica
tion, life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
56. Invertebrate Z oology . Mr. Meinkoth.
Fall semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology,
classification, phylogeny and special problems o f the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week.
57. Comparative Physiology.
Occasional field trips.
Mr. Flemister.
Fall semester
A course o f lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes
from the standpoint o f adaptation o f the animal to its environment. These
processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their
elaboration from the more general to the more specialized.
T w o lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Z oology 14, organic chemistry and physics.
58. Physiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister.
Spring semester
A course o f lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological
adaptations o f representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements
and availability o f optimum conditions o f temperature, oxygen, foqd-stuffs and
the maintenance o f ionic independence are appraised.
T w o lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Z oology 57.
60. Biology of A nimal C ommunities .
Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
The study o f animals at the emergent level o f populations. Problems of
animal behavior as related to the growth and maintenance o f populations will
be considered with particular reference to communication and social interaction
within animal groups. Both field and laboratory study techniques w ill be used.
T w o lectures per week and the equivalent of one laboratory meeting per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 20 or Z oology 14.
90
60a. Selected T opics in Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Novick, Mr.
Rawson, Mr. Thompson.
H alf course, spring semester
Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal
species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern
ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups.
Designed for students who have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Z oology 60.
63, 64. Special T opics.
Staff.
Full or half course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account o f fitness, have
arranged a program o f special work in the department.
H onors W
ork
103. Embryology. Mr. Enders.
Spring semester
A n analysis o f reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes
individual projects by the students, a study o f developmental anatomy o f the
chick, pig and frog, and the observation o f living material under normal
and experimental conditions.
Prerequisite: Z oology 14.
104. Comparative Physiology.
M r. Flemister.
Fall semester
A n intensive consideration o f the physical and chemical phenomena underly
ing the function o f animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order
to consider the progression from more general to the most specialized adjust
ments, acclimatizations and adaptations o f animals to physical, chemical and
biological stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory
program is devoted to the pursuit o f original, independent work by the
student.
Prerequisites: Zoology 14, organic chemistry and physics.
106. Biology of A rthropods.
Alternate years, fall semester
Following a survey o f insects in general, a detailed study o f one aspect of
the field w ill be undertaken. This w ill involve use o f a scientific library,
independent work on one topic, and discussions of current research.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
107. Invertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study o f the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adapta
tion o f invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends,
ecological relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
108. Sensory Physiology.
Mr. Rawson.
Alternate years, spring semester
The functional specializations o f sense organs for the transfer o f information
in biological systems are considered in relation to the adaptations o f verterbrate
and invertebrate animals to their environments.
Electrophysiological and
behavioral approaches are used in laboratory studies.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
109
Biology
of
A nimal Communities. Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
The subject o f Course 60 in seminar format. The analysis o f the interrelations
o f species considered in an ecological context including a study o f animal be
havior relating to the growth and maintenance o f animal populations.
110. Special T opics. Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work
in the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in
the research o f staff members.
91
C H E M IS T R Y
Professors: Edward A. Fehnel
W alter B. K eighton , Jr ., Chairm an
A ssociate Professor: Peter T. T hompson
A ssistant Professors: James H. H ammons %
James R. H utchison
Robert E. Leyon
Claude E. W intner
The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the
fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science rather than, to deal with
specialized branches o f the subject.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of
three classes o f students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, w ho turn
to chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2
offers training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the
laboratory method o f investigation, and a presentation o f some o f the major
intellectual achievements o f chemistry.
2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of
astronomy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology.
These students should consult with their major department and with the Chem
istry department concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should
take Chemistry 1, 2, or 3, 4 and Mathematics in their freshman year; Chem
istry 28, 29, Mathematics and Physics in their sophomore year; Chemistry
26, 27 and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested
in chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value, but with no
intention o f pursuing chemistry as a profession, w ill find these basic courses
sufficient for their needs.
Students w ho wish to meet the minimum standards o f the American Chemical
Society for professional training in chemistry should also take Chemistry 56, an
additional semester o f advanced chemistry, and have a reading knowledge of
scientific German.* Additional mathematics and physics are strongly recommended.
1, 2. Introduction
to
Chemistry. Mr. Keighton and Staff.
A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the in
terpretation o f chemical properties and reactions through equilibrium con
stants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; the relation of
chemical properties to atomic and molecular structure and to the Periodic
Table; rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
Students w ho enter college with advanced training in chemistry are en
couraged to take a placement examination during freshman orientation week
to determine which college chemistry course they should start with.
Chemistry 1, 2 or 3, 4 is a prerequisite for all other courses in chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
3, 4.
G eneral Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison.
The subject matter o f this course parallels that o f Chemistry 1, 2 but at
a more advanced and mathematically oriented level. The course is intended
This may be demonstrated by completing German 4 or 8 or by an examination given by
the Department of Chemistry, preferably before the beginning o f the senior year.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
92
for students with a strong interest in chemistry, whose high school prepara
tion has been extensive, and w ho are prepared to work independently.
Admission to this course is based on consultation with the staff and a place
ment examination.
Chemistry 1, 2 or 3, 4 is a prerequisite for all other courses in chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
26, 27. Q uantitative Chemistry.
Mr. Leyon.
Reactions and equilibria in acid-base, complexation, oxidation-reduction, and
two-phase systems are studied, with emphasis on their applications in chemical
analysis. The principles and methods o f laboratory measurements, volumetric
and gravimetric analysis, spectrophotometry, electroanalytical techniques, sep
arations and chromatography, and organic analysis are introduced and de
veloped. Laboratory work is designed to illustrate the lecture material, to
give the student practical experience with theories, techniques, and instruments
o f modern analytical chemistry, and to encourage an independent approach to
experimental work. Course 26 satisfies most medical school requirements.
Chemistry 61, 62 taken concurrently is highly desirable.
One laboratory period weekly.
28, 29. O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Wintner.
An introduction to the chemistry o f the more important classes o f organic
compounds, with emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reactions, and methods
of synthesis. Current theoretical concepts ot structure and mechanism are
applied throughout the course to the interpretation o f the properties and re
actions o f a w ide variety o f organic compounds. The laboratory work
illustrates some o f the principles and reactions discussed in the classroom and
provides practical experience in the techniques involved in synthesizing,
isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
56. O rganic Structure D etermination .
Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
Classroom and laboratory study o f the principles and techniques involved
in the elucidation o f the structures o f organic compounds. Emphasis is
placed on the correlation o f structure and properties o f organic molecules
and on the theoretical principles underlying various chemical and spectroscopic
methods o f identification and structure determination.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 29.
One laboratory period weekly.
58. Biological Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel.
Spring semester
A n introduction to the chemistry o f living systems, with emphasis on the
relationship o f molecular structure and chemical reactivity to biological
function. Consideration w ill be given to such topics as the organic chemistry
o f cellular constituents, certain aspects o f intermediary metabolism and bio
synthesis, mechanisms of enzyme action, and the chemical basis o f genetics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 29 and consent o f the instructor. Prior or con
current enrollment in Biology 21 is strongly recommended.
60. Physical Chemistry. Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
The principles o f physical chemistry are studied with emphasis on application
to material systems including the gaseous, liquid, solid and solution states.
Topics included are chemical thermodynamics, rate processes and the applica
tion o f quantum mechanical principles in such areas as spectroscopy, structure
determination, and molecular bonding. .
One laboratory period weekly.
This course is intended primarily for students majoring in engineering.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 or 16, Physics 2, and Engineering 53.
93
61, 62. T heoretical Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison.
The principles o f physical chemistry are studied and a number o f numerical
exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics
o f chemical reactions.
Prerequisites:
Second year mathematics and general physics.
One laboratory period weekly.
63.
Q uantum Chemistry. Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
A n extension o f course 61, 62 in breadth and depth. Quantum mechanics is
introduced and applied to a variety o f problems in valence theory and molecular
structure determination. Such topics as atomic structure, chemical bonding
theory, molecular spectroscopy, dielectric and magnetic phenomena, molecular
symmetry, and statistical mechanics are considered.
Prerequisite:
Chemistry 62.
65. A dvanced Inorganic Chemistry. Mr. Hutchison.
Spring semester
Important principles for the understanding o f the chemical behavior o f in
organic compounds are discussed. Topics include: electronic structure of
atoms, ionic and covalent bonding, molecular orbital theory applied to in
organic compounds, and inorganic reaction mechanisms. Considerable empha
sis is placed on the chemistry o f transition metal coordination compounds
through the application o f ligand field theory.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62. Prior or concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 63
is highly desirable.
One laboratory period weekly.
67. A dvanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel.
Spring semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital
concepts, reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free
radicals, and other topics o f current interest. A familiarity with physical
chemistry is desirable.
Prerequisite:
Chemistry 29.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and spring semester
A n elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced
students to undertake original investigations or to make detailed literature
studies o f selected topics in the fields o f inorganic, organic, analytical, and
physical chemistry. The course is designed to give the student practical ex
perience in the solution o f a research problem, to develop facility in the use of
the chemical literature and in the interpretation and communication o f experi
mental results, and to stimulate interest in current developments in chemical
research. Students w ho propose to take this course should consult with the
appropriate instructor during the early part o f the semester preceding that
in which the work is to be done.
Approximately ten hours o f laboratory and/or library work weekly.
H onors W
ork
Before admission to Honors work the chemistry major w ill have completed Chem
istry 1, 2 or 3, 4, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. It is
recommended that students in the Honors program take Chemistry 101 and 105
in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108 in the senior year, together with
seminars in biology, mathematics, or physics.
94
101. T heoretical Chemistry. Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo
dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chemical re
actions.
Prerequisites: Second year mathematics and general physics.
One seminar and laboratory weekly.
105. Chemical A nalysis. Mr. Leyon.
Spring semester
The material coverbd is essentially the same as in courses 26 and 27: the
principles and practice o f volumetric and gravimetric analysis, optical and
electrical methods o f analysis, separation techniques, and the analysis of
organic compounds. The analytical chemistry o f the common elements is
studied to illustrate the application o f analytical methods.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 4, and 101.
One seminar and laboratory weekly.
106. A dvanced O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
A n intensive study o f essentially the same subject matter as is covered in
courses 56 and 67. A familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 28, 29 and senior standing.
One seminar and laboratory weekly.
108. V alence
and
M olecular Structure. Mr. Hutchison and Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
Topics such as the periodic table and atomic structure, types and properties
o f bonds, the chemistry o f transition metals, coordination compounds, acidbase and oxidation-reduction mechanisms, etc., are studied. Quantum theory
is developed and applied throughout to these topics and the use o f dielectric
and magnetic phenomena, spectroscopy, and molecular symmetry in determining
structure is discussed. Laboratory: study o f reaction kinetics and equilibria
in inorganic systems.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or 101.
One seminar and laboratory weekly.
95
C L A S S IC S
Professors: Susan P. Cobbs
H elen F. N orth , Chairman
M artin O stwald
A ssistant Professor: T homas N. M itchell
Instructor : G ilbert P. R ose
V isiting L ecturer : N orris M. G etty **
The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute
the study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted
to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 31 on
wards presuppose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and are open
without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion,
archaeology, and other aspects o f the ancient w orld and include the study o f classical
literature in translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the American Academy in Rome and the
American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the. privileges
accorded to undergraduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at
both schools and consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the
institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome,
which provides facilities for the study o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History.
Classics majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center,
usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
for
M ajors
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in Course or in Honors
work. M ajor students in Course are normally required to complete during the
first tw o years either Greek 11,12 or Latin 11,12. Both o f these courses are
prerequisite for Honors seminars for a major student and one o f them for Honors
seminars fo r a minor student.
Majors in both Honors and Course are strongly advised to take for at least
one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9,10 or Latin 9 ,1 0 ).
In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in
Latin. Normally all but one o f these w ill be prepared for by seminars. Either
Directed Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (courses 17,18), a
thesis, or a course supplemented by additional independent work may be used
to prepare for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two papers constitutes a minor
in Greek or in Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared for by a seminar.
G reek
1-2. Elementary G reek. Mr. Rose.
Year course
The essentials o f Greek grammar are covered and selections from master
pieces o f Greek literature are read.
9 ,1 0 .
G reek Prose Composition . Staff.
H alf course, each semester
Course meets one hour a week. This course is recommended in conjunction
with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
** Spring Semester, 1968-69.
96
11,12.
Intermediate G reek. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
Plato’s A pology, a play o f Euripides, and selections from Homer are read.
13,14. G reek Prose A uthors. Mr. Rose.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of
the class. These readings are supplemented by a survey o f the history o f
Greek Literature. Credit is given for each semester.
15,16. G reek Poets. Staff.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs o f the members
o f the class. Credit is given for each semester. The course is offered only
when required.
17,18. D irected R eading. Staff.
A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor.
It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the con
sent o f the departmental chairman.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for
their comprehensive examinations.
Latin
1-2.
Elementary Latin . Mr. Rose, Mr. Getty.
Year course
The course is designed for students w ho begin Latin in college or who are
not prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent
o f two years’ work in secondary school.
3. T he Philosophical W orks of C icero. Staff.
Fall semester
This course has been especially designed fo r students entering Swarthmore
with two or three years o f Latin in secondary school. Its governing assump
tion is that those w ho wish seriously to study Latin literature and language
require at this point an intensive review and refinement o f their grammatical
knowledge by a combination of close reading and prose composition.
4. O vid. Mr. Getty.
Spring semester
A n intensive study o f O vid’s Metamorphoses and a review o f the principles
o f Latin grammar.
9,10. Latin Prose Composition . Staff.
Half course, each semester
Course meets one hour a week. This course is recommended in conjunction
with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student
with grammatical and stylistic exercise.
11. Livy. M r. Mitchell.
semester
A study o f the foremost prose author o f the Augustan Age. This course
is normally open to students w ho have had four or more years of secon
dary-school Latin. Students admitted with less than four years o f secondaryschool Latin are required to take Latin 9 in conjunction with this course.
12. H orace. Miss Cobbs.
Spring semestei
A study o f the Odes o f Horace. This course is normally open to students
w ho have had four or more years o f secondary-school Latin. Students ad
mitted with less than four years o f secondary-school Latin are required to
take Latin 10 in conjunction with this course.
97
13. Catullus and Elegy.
Staff.
Fall semester
A study o f the poems o f Catullus and o f the elegiac poets.
14. M ediaeval Latin . Miss North.
Spring semester
W orks chosen from the principal types o f mediaeval Latin literature (in
cluding religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’ lives,
satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course.
15. Roman Comedy.
Staff.
Fall semester
A study o f selected plays o f Plautus and Terence.
16. V irgil. Mr. Mitchell.
Spring semester
A n intensive study o f V irgil’s Aeneid. Majors and minors (in Course as
well as in H onors) who do not elect to take the seminar in the Latin Epic
are required to take this course.
17,18. D irected Reading. Staff.
A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor.
It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the con
sent o f the departmental chairman.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for
their comprehensive examinations.
Ancient History and Civilization
31- H istory
of
G reece. Mr. Ostwald.
. Fall semester
The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the
Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a
brief survey o f the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced.
Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable
reading is done in the primary sources in translation.
32. H istory
of
Rome . Mr. Mitchell
Spring semester
The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f Rome
to the time o f Constantine, Special attention is given to the last century
o f the Republic and the first century o f the Empire. Considerable reading is
done in' the primary sources in translation.
33. G reek Literature
in
T ranslation . Miss North.
Fall semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad, H esiod’s Theogony and
W orks and Days, much o f Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the
historians, the lyric and elegiac poets, and the pre-Socratic philosophers, and
several dialogues o f Plato.
34. Latin Literature
in
T ranslation— Classical
North.
and
M ediaeval.
Miss
Spring semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age o f the Roman
Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include, from the classical
period, such major authors as Cicero, Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, Ovid, and Seneca;
from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and St. Augustine; and from the Middle
Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renais
sance, and the writers o f Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The
course is normally given in alternate years.
98
36. C lassical M ythology
in
Literature
and
A rt . Miss North.
Spring semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that
have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the
present. The principal works studied are Homer’s Odyssey, Hesiod’s Theogony,
selected Greek tragedies, V irgil’s Aeneid, the Metamorphoses o f Ovid, and
Dante’s Commedia. A study is made o f the way in which mythological
themes have been handled in painting and sculpture at various periods, and
topics for papers provide an opportunity for for the study o f the treatment of
mythology by writers from the Renaissance to modern times. The course is
normally given in alternate years.
42. G reece in the Fifth Century B.C. Mr. Ostwald.
Spring semester
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f primary sources, o f Athens and the
Greek w orld from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end o f the Peloponnesian
W ar. Special emphasis is placed on the political, social, and economic
institutions o f the Athenian democracy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
44. Rome
in the
A ge
of
A ugustus. Mr. Mitchell.
Spring semester
This course treats in detail the political, economic, social, and cultural develop
ment o f Rome and the Roman w orld from the death o f Julius Caesar to the
accession o f Tiberius. Special emphasis is placed on Octavian’s rise to power,
the nature o f the principate, the relationship o f the ruling city to her provinces,
Rome’s changing social structure, and the problems o f political stability and
the transference o f power. Some attention is paid to literary, artistic, and
religious movements. Readings are chiefly in primary sources in translation.
The course is normally given in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
H onors Seminars
102. Roman H istorians. Mr. Mitchell.
This seminar combines a survey o f Latin historical writing to the end o f
the Silver A ge with intensive study o f selected books o f Livy and Tacitus,
both as examples o f Roman historiography and as sources for Roman history.
The seminar is given in the spring semester.
103. Latin Epic. Mr. Mitchell.
This seminar traces the development o f Roman epic poetry, with particular
emphasis on the D e Rerum Natura o f Lucretius and the A eneid o f Virgil.
Some attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the
Annates o f Ennius, and to the later epic, typified by Lucan’s Pharsalia. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. Roman Satire . Mr. Mitchell.
A study o f the Satires and Epistles o f Horace and o f the Satires o f Juvenal is
supplemented by a general survey o f the development o f Roman satire. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
105. Cicero. Mr. Mitchell.
A study o f the political and forensic speeches o f Cicero and o f his personal
correspondence as sources for the political and constitutional history o f the
final years o f the Roman Republic. Attention is also paid to Ciceronian
prose style as exemplified in his letters and orations. The seminar is given
in the spring semester.
99
111. G reek Philosophers. Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study o f Plato, which is supplemented
by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and the Hellenistic
schools. The orientation o f the seminar is primarily philosophical, although
the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
112. G reek Epic. Mr. Rose.
The study o f Homer’s Iliad or Odyssey constitutes the chief work o f this
seminar. Some attention is also paid to H esiod’s Theogony and to the
Argonautica o f Apollonius o f Rhodes. The seminar is given in the spring
semester.
113. G reek H istorians. Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus and Thucydides, both as
examples o f Greek historiography and as sources o f Greek history. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
114. G reek D r a m a . Miss North.
The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a
careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major
dramatists. The seminar is given in the spring semester.
100
E C O N O M IC S
Professors:
Ed w a r d K . C r a t s l e y
F r a n k C . P i e r s o n , Chairman
A
s s o c ia t e
Professors: V
an
D . O oms
F r e d e r ic L . P r y o r f
B e r n a r d Sa f f r a n
A
s s is t a n t
P r o f e s s o r : L e w is R . G a t y
V i s it in g L e c t u r e r : M
Lectu rers:
H
elen
A
n it a
arcus
M.
A
l e x is
H un ter
A . Su m m e r s
The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the
institutions and processes through which the business o f producing, exchanging,
and distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train
him in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and
third, to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues of
public policy.
Course 1-2A is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3
and 4. Students intending to major in economics are advised to take Political Science
1-2, statistics, and/or accounting. W h ile not essential, college-level mathematics
would also be helpful. Students intending to do graduate work in economics should
take Mathematics 3,4 and 11,12 or ( i f they are especially interested or gifted in
mathematics) 5,6 and 15,16. Majors in course are required to take courses 50 and
51 in the junior year. Majors in honors are advised to take seminars 103 and
either 101 or 102.
1-2A.
I n t r o d u c t io n t o E c o n o m ic s . Messrs. Gaty, Ooms, Pierson, Pryor, Saffran,
and Mrs. Summers.
This course, which is l'A semesters in length, is designed both to afford the
general student a comprehensive survey and to provide students doing further
work with a foundation on which to build. It describes the organization of
the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources, the distribution
o f income, the maintenance o f economic stability, and international economic
relations. On completing the course, students w ill have the option o f joining
seminars for one half course credit held during the last seven weeks o f the
semester.
3. A c c o u n t in g .
Mr. Cratsley.
Spring semester
The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of
accounting that he w ill need to employ in his advanced work in business
finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation.
4- St a t is t ic s . Mrs. Hunter.
Fall semester
The course is designed to make the student a critical user o f statistics. Topics
covered include frequency distributions, sampling, correlation, economic time
series, and an introduction to econometric analysis. Students acquire some
familiarity with the IBM computer.
11. E c o n o m ic D e v e l o p m e n t . Mr. Ooms.
Fall semester
Requisites for the economic development o f underdeveloped countries. O b
stacles to development. Strategy and tactics o f development. A id for de
velopment.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69, and fall semester,
101
1969-70.
50. Economic T heory . Mr. Gaty.
Pall semester
Determination o f prices in theory and in practice. Distribution o f income.
Economic welfare aspects o f various market structures.
51. M oney and Banking .
Mrs. Hunter.
Spring semester
Organization and operation o f commercial banking in the United States.
Central banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy.
52. P ublic Finance .
M r. Gaty.
Fall semester
Social goals and fiscal institutions, Federal, state, and local, including analysis
o f public expenditures, taxation, the national debt, fiscal federalism, and
current fiscal policy.
54. Business Finance . Mr. Gaty.
Fall semester
Analysis o f private financial instruments, markets; and institutions, and public
regulation o f financial practices.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
55. Labor Problems.
Mr. Pierson.
Fall semester
The structure and functions o f labor unions. Employer approaches to labor
relations. Analysis o f wage policies. Governmental control o f labor relations.
56. Social Economics. Mr. Alexis.
*
Spring semester
The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty and economic insecurity; an
appraisal o f reforms in social insurance, medical care, public housing, and
rural development; the economics o f discrimination and urban ghettos.
57. M anagerial Economics. Mr. Gaty.
Spring semester
Analysis o f business decision-making; economic theory and management
control; market structure, pricing, and output; the budgetary, process and
business planning; business behavior and social welfare.
58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Gaty.
Spring semester
Maintenance o f competition in American industry; moderation o f competition
in agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades. Regulation of
public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and oper
ation o f industry.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
59. Business Cycles. Mr. Pierson.
'
Spring semester
National income theory. Analysis o f business fluctuations and long-term eco
nomic change. Public policies for stabilization and growth.
60. International Economics . Mr. Ooms.
Spring semester
Theory and practice o f international trade. Balance of payments, foreign ex
change, national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign
aid.
61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Pryor.
Fall semester
Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; case
studies o f the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia, and several W est European nations.
H onors W
101. Finance . Mr. Gaty.
ork
Fall semester
Social goals and fiscal institutions,
of public expenditures, taxation,
current fiscal policy. Analysis o f
institutions, and public regulation
Federal, State, and local, including analysis
the national debt, fiscal federalism, and
private financial instruments, markets, and
o f financial practices.
102
102. Economic Stability and G rowth . Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
The theory o f cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking.
Monetary and fiscal policy. W age-price pressures and the control of inflation.
103. Economic T heory .
Mr. Saffran.
Each semester
Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of
income, the level o f employment. Evaluation o f theory in the light of simpli
fying assumptions and empirical evidence. The relevance o f theory to socio
economic problems. 7
104. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Gaty.
Fall semester
The maintenance o f competition in American industry. The moderation of
competition in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades.
The regulation o f public utilities, transport, and communications. Public
ownership and operation o f industry.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
105. International Economics. Mr. Ooms.
Each semester
Theory and practice in international economic relations. The pure theory of
international trade. The balance o f payments and the mechanism o f international exchange. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism. Relations
with controlled economies. International investment and foreign aid.
106. Comparative Economic Systems.
Mr. Pryor.
Spring semester
Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; study of
resource allocation and growth in socialist, capitalist, and mixed economies,
case studies o f the U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia, China, France, and other nations;
examination o f special problems in economic planning.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
107. Labor and Social Economics . Messrs. Pierson and Pryor.
Fall semester
The organization o f labor. Analysis o f wage policies. Government control
o f labor relations. Problems stemming from income inequality and in
security. Methods o f income maintenance. Economic aspects o f education,
medical care, public housing. Special topics in urban economics.
108. M athematical Economics. Mr. Saffran.
Spring semester
Topics in mathematical economics. Econometric theory and empirical studies.
A n empirical research paper is required.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 and Economics 103.
103
E N G IN E E R IN G
Professors:
A
s s o c ia t e
Sa m u e l T . C a r p e n t e r , Chairman
Jo h n D . M
cCr u m m
Bernard M
o r r il l
P rofessors:
Carl Barus
D
a v id
L. B o w l e r
Raym ond D
oby
M . Jo s e p h W
A
s s is t a n t
Professors:
il l is
G . St u a r t P a t t e r s o n , Jr .
V i c t o r K . Sc h ü t z
L e c tu r e r : C h arles R. La n sberry
The Department o f Engineering oifers engineering programs * directed toward
four principal educational aims: to introduce the student to a body o f knowledge
fundamental to all o f modern engineering; to provide him with a comprehensive
base o f mathematics, chemistry and physics; to allow him maximum flexibility in
electing plans o f study to suit individual objectives; to provide him the opportunity
to study in the humanities and social sciences.
The professional practice o f engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in
applying scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of engineering problems
o f ever growing technical complexity. In addition, the role o f engineering in
our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic
and social factors that bear on his technical problems. The successful engineer will
therefore possess an understanding o f socio-economic forces, an appreciation o f the
cultural and humanistic aspects o f the society in which he lives, and a sound
working knowledge o f human relations. Our total program furthers these objectives
by providing the student with a broad technical knowledge, together with the
foundation o f a liberal education.
Courses in the Department o f Engineering are open to all students who have the
interest and the prerequisite background. Special inquiries may be made through
the Chairman o f the Department.
Educational plans available to engineering students at Swarthmore are as follows:
( 1 ) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected
concentrations o f study in the professional branches o f engineering such as
Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering, and in related engineering areas.
(See suggested Elective Plans.)
(2 ) Four year course programs with the major in Engineering, with elected
combinations o f study in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Mathematics, Politi
cal Science, etc.
( 3 ) Reading for Honors in Engineering,
( 4 ) Special combinations to meet unusual needs or interests:
(a ) A four year program relating Engineering with other College areas of
study, or
(b ) A five year program leading to both a B.S. degree with a major in
Engineering, and a B.A. degree.
* The new programs and courses presented in this catalogue are effective with the freshman
class entering college in September 1966. Previously enrolled students follow programs and
courses as outlined on page 106 and in the 1964-65 College Catalogue, a copy of which is
available upon request.
104
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of
the College as well as the requirements o f the Department o f Engineering. Cur
ricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration:
( 1 ) courses should provide an adequate background for work in Engineering at
the upperclass level, and ( 2 ) the satisfying o f the general College requirements.
During the second semester o f the sophomore year the student, follow ing College
procedure, w ill apply for a major in Engineering. A ll four-year programs lead
to the degree o f Bachelqr o f Science with the major in Engineering.
Course Program
Students interested in applying for a major in Engineering may follow several
paths in preparation. The prerequisites leading to an Engineering major normally
are Engineering 5 and 6, and these courses are recommended for inclusion in
sophomore programs. The prerequisites to Engineering 5 and 6 may be met by
satisfactorily completing Engineering 2 and 3 and/or Physics 1 and 2. First year
students w ho plan to study engineering are encouraged to enroll in Engineering 1
and Engineering 2. Engineering majors are normally expected to take appropriate
courses in chemistry and those plannning a program in bio-engineering w ill find
biology important. Students normally follow a mathematics sequence during the
first two years.
The departmental requirements for the degree o f Bachelor o f Science with a
major in Engineering fall into two categories: ( 1 ) satisfactory completion of
those courses common to all Engineering students; namely, Fields and Continua,
Thermodynamics, Materials Science, and Physical Chemistry; ( 2 ) satisfactory
completion o f a minimum o f four advanced Engineering courses beyond those
listed in category ( 1 ) during the junior and senior years with no more than
seven such courses normally permitted in any program. A ll programs leading
to a Bachelor o f Science degree with the major in Engineering must be submitted
for approval to the Department o f Engineering.
Course Advising
Students are advised to make their educational goals known to their advisers
at the earliest possible time. In this way the student can best benefit from the
flexibility provided for course election and provide for a curricular program
specifically oriented to his future educational goals. The plan for upperclass
study in Engineering should be formulated during the second semester o f the
sophomore year when the student applies for a major in Engineering.
Reading for Honors in Engineering
Students w ho wish to become candidates for a Bachelor o f Science degree
in Engineering with Honors should follow the application procedure given on
pages 65-67.
A student’s program should include seminars and/or other work in Engineering
and, normally, science and mathematics. A student w ho wishes to concentrate
in civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering may prepare for up to four examina
tion papers in his chosen area. The other two papers w ill usually be chosen from
mathematics, science, or (since the Engineering Department comprises the merged
civil, electrical and mechanical departments) a branch o f engineering other than
the field o f concentration.
Elective Plans in the Course Program
The follow ing suggested plans o f study for the last two years are listed to indi
cate the flexibility o f choice open to the student. Other plans may also be arranged
105
beyond those suggested. At least four elected and approved advanced courses in
Engineering must be included in the program o f the junior and senior years.
Electives in the humanities, social sciences and life sciences can also contribute,
in many cases, to the central educational aims. A course in Special Topics or a
Thesis are available for meeting special interests or needs.
Suggested Elective Plans
Bio -Engineering
A minimum o f four Engi
neering courses with additional
elections in Engineering, Biol
ogy, and Chemistry.
Civil Engineering
and
The application o f engineering principles to
biological and medical problems. Students with
this interest w ill normally elect two semesters
o f biology and two semesters o f organic chem
istry, and an appropriate sequence of engineer
ing courses. Suggested sequences o f study in
this interdisciplinary field are available upon
request or can be developed with the assistance
o f your Engineering 'adviser.
Related A reas
General Civil Engineering
Structures
Urban and Regional Plan
ning
W ater Resources
Electrical Engineering
and
General Electrical Engineer
ing
Electric Power and Energy
Conversion
Electronics and Information
Processing
Systems and Control
Engineering Physics
The suggested course program is Mechanics
o f Solids, Structural Mechanics I, Earth Science,
Civil Engineering Design, with a fifth course
chosen from Fluid Mechanics, Structural Me
chanics II, or Soil Engineering. The sequence
provides the prerequisites for an additional
elective sequence in Structures, W ater Re
sources and Planning, Pre-Architecture, or
General Civil Engineering. Plans may be made
for work in Bio-Engineering with an emphasis
on Environmental Control and Water Resources.
The early planning o f electives in Biology,
Economics, Political Science, Sociology, or Fine
Arts, is essential for programs related to Urban
and Regional Planning or Water Resources.
R elated A reas
Students w ho plan to do work in electrical
engineering w ill normally include the follow
ing courses in their programs as a minimum
background in the field beyond the required
engineering core: Circuit Theory, Electromag
netic Theory, Electronics I, Electromechanical
Energy Conversion I.
In addition, a student may pursue his elec
trical interests, with emphasis in one o f the
areas shown at the left, by the appropriate
choice o f further electives.
Energy Conversion
Direct Energy Conversion
Electromechanical Energy
Conversion
Thermodynamics and Heat
Transfer
Energy conversion is one of the outstanding
problems o f the present and future. Conven
tional sources and means o f conversion will
continue to be important. N ew and as yet un
developed systems w ill become increasingly
significant. A concentration of electrical and
mechanical courses built on fundamental
courses in thermodynamics can be developed for
students with a special interest in energy con
version.
106
Engineering Sciences
A number o f feasible pro
grams may be elected from
Engineering, M a t h e m a t ic s ,
Chemistry, Physics, with the
engineering courses dealing
primarily with the theoretical
bodies o f knowledge.
A program in Engineering Sciences provides
for diversity and depth in engineering, com
bined with mathematics, chemistry, or physics.
It is suitable for those planning to enter college
teaching or engineering research after graduate
study.
Engineering Combined W ith Study
in
O ther College A reas
A n engineering student is required to include
at least four approved engineering courses be
yond the required engineering core. Fourteen
electives, including the six to satisfy the Col
lege distribution requirements, are available for
planning a sequence o f study leading to con
centrations or diversity in other College areas.
The areas listed on the left are not exclusive
but they do represent areas in which engineer
ing students may find a strong interest and a
relationship to future engineering work.
Biology
Chemistry
Economics
Mathematics
Political Science
Psychology
Physics
Mechanical Engineering
and
General Mechanical Engi
neering
Applied Mechanics
Thermodynamics and Energy
Conversion
Fluid Mechanics and Heat
Transfer
Engineering Design
Related A reas
Sequences in general mechanical engineering
w ill normally include, in addition to the re
quired engineering core, courses in advanced
dynamics, solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and
heat transfer, and automatic controls. Courses
in thermodynamics, applied mechanics, fluids,
heat transfer, and engineering design can be
used to develop such specialized sequences as
those shown at the left. Plans may be made for
work in bio-engineering with an emphasis on
the structure and function o f biological systems.
C ourses
1. Introduction
to
Engineering
Fall semester
A n introduction to engineering analysis evolving solution to engineering
problems through the use of simple mathematical models. The body of
mathematics necessary for structuring these models is fully developed within
the course. Only a background o f high school mathematics is necessary. Pro
gramming concepts for the digital computer are introduced so that the com
puter can be used for solution o f some o f the problems represented by the
models. The laboratory work consists o f some graphical concepts, shop
practice, and design projects.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
2. M echanics I.
Spring semester
Concept and definition o f forces, vector methods o f analysis. Equilibrium
principles. Analysis o f forces in machines and structures. Virtual work. Shear
and bending in beams, elementary concepts of deformable bodies. Centroids
and inertia o f plane areas.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
3. M echanics II.
Fall semester
Vector treatment o f dynamics; kinematics o f particles in fixed and moving
reference systems; New ton’ s laws applied to particle motion; central force
motion; rigid body kinematics, relative motion, and kinetics; energy methods;
107
impulse and momentum methods; kinematics and kinetics o f rigid bodies in
three dimensions.
Three class periods and a laboratory every other week.
Prerequisite: Mechanics I, or equivalent.
5. Electrical Science.
Fall semester
The experimental and theoretical basis o f electricity and magnetism; elementary
electrostatics and magnetostatics; principles o f energy conversion, foundations
o f circuit theory; basic electrical measurements.
Three class periods and a laboratory every other week.
Prerequisite: T o be preceded or accompanied by Integral Calculus.
6. Physical Systems A nalysis.
Spring semester
The study o f physical phenomena and systems which may be represented to a
good degree o f approximation by a linear model or a lumped-parameter
pictorial model. The formulation o f the mathematical model from basic phys
ical laws and the treatment o f the ordinary differential equations resulting
therefrom. Emphasis w ill be placed upon the unity resulting from the math
ematical representation for many types o f physical systems: mechanical,
electrical, electromechanical, thermal, etc. Techniques o f analysis w ill include
classical solution o f differential equations including power series solutions,
and also solution by Laplace transform methods. Transient and steady state
response, frequency response, pole-zero concepts, notions o f stability, and
energy considerations. The analog computer w ill be introduced.
Three class periods and a laboratory every other week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 5, or equivalent.
7, 8. Principles
and
Problems
of
M odern T echnology .
This course is designed to meet the needs o f non-science majors and fulfills
the group I distribution requirement. (See p. 6 3 .) In the .first semester,
the logic and programming o f the digital computer w ill be introduced,
elementary decision theory w ill be developed, and the engineering concepts
o f optimization, feedback, and information discussed. New ton’s laws of
motion and the laws o f thermodynamics w ill be introduced to illustrate the
use o f science in technology. In the second semester, a series o f three to
five special topics illustrative o f modern technological problems and activity
w ill be developed. Topics w ill be chosen for their timeliness, interest and
importance to both society and technology.
Three class periods and a laboratory every other week.
51. Introduction
to Fields and Continua .
Fall semester
Analysis of field phenomena in a variety o f continuous media. Fluidflow, elastic, thermal, electromagnetic, and other fields are treated with
emphasis on their common properties. The partial differential equations
governing time-invariant fields, diffusion, wave motion, etc., are developed
from basic principles. Application is made to realistic engineering situations.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 6, or equivalent.
53. T hermodynamics .
Fall semester
Macroscopic concepts o f thermodynamics: temperature, the First Law, thermo
dynamic properties, reversibility. Statistical inference o f thermodynamics:
probability, entropy and equilibrium, the partition function. Ideal gases. The
Second Law of Thermodynamics. Cycles. M axwell’s Relations.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
55. Systems T heory .
Mathematical analysis o f an assemblage o f interacting elements comprising
a generalized system. Fourier methods and the Laplace transform. Linear
108
graphing and operators. Root locus theory. State variables, the system state
transition matrix and canonical forms. Sampled systems and the Z transform.
Response to random inputs. Correlation functions and spectral distribution.
Applications to filter theory. Some aspects o f socio-economic and urban
systems. The role o f the digital computer; further work on the analog
computer.
Three class periods each week; conference or laboratory every other week.
Prerequisite; Engr. 6, or equivalent.
56. O perations R esearch.
Spring semester
The principles o f operations research as applicable to defining optimum solu
tions o f engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision
making. Probability and probability distributions, reliability, random number
stimulation, queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic programming, alloca
tion and transportation theory. The working principles o f engineering economy
are introduced and combined with operations research topics.
Three class periods each week.
Normally for junior and senior students.
59. M echanics
of
Solids.
Fall semester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form when forces
act on solid bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability,
deflections, and photoelasticity. Elastic and Plastic theories.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisites; Mechanics I and II, or equivalent.
61. M aterials Science.
Fall semester
This course brings together much o f the background material acquired in
other courses and focuses on the problem o f understanding at a technological
as well as theoretical level the engineering properties o f materials in terms
o f atomic and sub-atomic phenomena. Am ong the topics considered w ill be
crystal structure, electrical, thermal and magnetic properties o f solids, im
perfections and their effect on mechanical and electrical properties, corrosion
and environmental effects.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry.
62. Structral M echanics I.
Spring semester
Principles o f structural systems and advanced mechanics o f deformable bodies
pertaining to deflection and stability. Structural Mechanics o f space and plane
framed structures including stress analysis, influence lines, and matrix solutions.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 59.
63. Structural M echanics II.
Fall semester
A study o f statically indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural
theory. Response o f structures to complex dynamic inputs such as earth
quakes and moving loads. Digital computer applications.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Structural Mechanics I.
64. Earth Science.
Spring semester
Using the basic concepts o f physical geology as a unifying framework, the
principles o f soil mechanics and hydrology are studied. Subjects introduced
include clay mineralogy, theory o f consolidation o f soils, stresses in earth
masses, flow through porous media, precipitation-runoff relationships, open
channel flow, ground water hydraulics, and sedimentation.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
109
65. Civil Engineering D esign.
Fall semester
A n introduction to the design o f engineering structures with emphasis on
structural components and structural materials; design projects involving
planning, field surveys, analysis and synthesis, structural models, and optimi
zation criteria.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
66. Structural D esign.
Spring semester
A n advanced course in the design o f structures dealing with stability, flat
plates, shells, pre-stressed concrete, high strength steels, ultimate design,
dynamic force systems, comprehensive design problems, advanced structural
model studies.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 59, 62, 63, 65.
67. W ater Resources.
A n introduction to the fundamentals o f water-resources engineering, includ
ing pertinent areas o f hydrology and hydraulics, precipitation-runoff relation
ships, groundwater flow, sedimentation, and hydraulics o f steady and gradu
ally varied flow through channels and reservoirs are studied. Fundamentals
are related to engineering aspects o f planning for water-resources projects,
follow ed by some case studies o f existing projects which draw on the back
ground o f the student in engineering science, design, the humanities, and
the social sciences.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
69. Soil Engineering.
Advanced principles o f soil mechanics with application to problems in design.
Theoretical aspects o f seepage, settlement and foundation stability analysis.
The design o f retaining walls, foundations, and earth structures are among
the specific topics.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 64.
71. Circuit T heory .
Fall semester
Transient and steady-state analysis o f electric circuits and networks with
emphasis on Laplace and Fourier methods and s-plane interpretation. Net
work topology, equilibrium equations, theorems, network functions and their
properties. Energy in electric networks. Introduction to synthesis.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 6, or Physics 12.
72. Electromagnetic T heory .
Spring semester
Application o f M axwell’s equations. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic,
dielectric and conducting bodies. Forces, motion and energy storage. Field
basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave-guides, transmission
lines, and antennas.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 51, or equivalent.
73,74. Electronic Circuit T heory .
Following an introduction to vacuum tubes, the principal emphasis o f the
course is on the use o f transistors as active circuit elements. The physical
basis o f transistor operation is briefly discussed and the Ebers-Moll, charge
control and hybrid-pi models developed. The remainder o f the course is
devoted to a study o f the use o f these models and appropriate analytical tech
niques in such applications as biasing circuits, low-pass amplifiers, tuned
110
amplifiers, power amplifiers, feedback circuits and switching circuits. The bulk
o f the laboratory work is oriented toward circuit design. Students are en
couraged to become familiar with and use the IBM Electronic Circuit Analysis
Program which is available in the Computer Center.
The first semester provides a working knowledge o f some basic aspects o f
the subject for those w ho are unable to pursue it further.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 6, or equivalent.
75. Electromechanical Energy Conversion.
The conversion o f energy by means o f electromagnetic fields. Electromechanics
o f lumped parameter systems, force-field relationships, energy storage and
transfer in electrodynamic systems. Transducers and rotating machines in
engineering practice. Practical engineering aspects o f general purpose machines
and special electromechanical devices. .
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 5 and Engr. 6, or equivalent.
76. D irect Power Conversion.
Topics are chosen from photoelectric, thermionic, and thermoelectric con
version; fuel cells; magnetohydrodynamics and nuclear reactor theory.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 6 and Engr. 53, or equivalent.
77. T opics
in
Information T ransmission.
Selected topics relating to the transmission and processing o f information
and information-bearing signals. Application to communication and informa
tion-processing systems.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 51, or equivalent.
78. Control T heory .
An introduction to classical and modern control theory. Concepts o f state,
controllability and observability. Analysis and design of. linear automatic
control systems by means o f Nyqiiist diagram, frequency response and root
locus method. Design by matrix methods and state variables. Stability criteria.
Computers and logic systems in control. Analog to digital conversion. Intro
duction to optimum control. Special topics; sampled data systems, nonlinear
processes, etc., according to class interest.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 6 (and preferably Engr. 5 4 ).
80. Physical Electronics.
A study o f the physical principles underlying the operation o f electronic
devices. Attention is focused on the relationship between material properties
and the characterization o f devices as circuit elements. Semiconductor devices
are extensively treated.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 51.
82. Fluid M echanics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f continuum mechanics for which
the relevant equations expressing the conservation o f mass, momentum, and
energy are derived. Examples and applications are given for the perfect
fluid and the linearly viscous fluid. Current research and problem areas in
fluid mechanics and heat transport are discussed.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite:
Ordinary differential equations and multivariate calculus.
Ill
84. A dvanced Fluid M echanics.
A study o f the more specialized areas o f fluid mechanics: boundary layer
theory, compressible flow, wave motions, material-spatial coordinate trans
formations, and convective heat transfer. Independent work in either an
experimental or analytical area is an important part o f each student’ s work.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 81.
86. A dvanced T hermodynamics.
A n extension o f the basic core thermodynamics, Engr. 53. The fundamental
laws o f thermodynamics are applied to conventional systems o f energy con
version. Principles o f irreversible thermodynamics are developed and applied
to systems o f direct energy conversion.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 53.
87. Conduction
and
Radiation H eat T ransfer.
A course dealing with the basic introduction to physical phenomena involved
in the conduction and radiation heat transfer processes. W ork is done in
both steady state and transient conditions. Analytical, empirical and numerical
approaches are covered.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite: Ordinary differential equations.
88. A dvanced D ynamics .
Review o f kinematics and particle dynamics using vectors. Vibrations and
stability o f lumped parameter system.
Rigid body dynamics, including
gyroscopes, in vector form. Lagrange’s equations and Hamilton’ s Principle.
Vibration o f distributed systems.
Four class periods each week.
Prerequisite: Engr. 51.
89. M achine D esign.
The study o f the analysis and synthesis of the elements o f machines.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Engr. 85, 59.
90. Engineering D esign.
A generalized approach to the design o f engineering systems and components
is developed stressing inventiveness, engineering analysis and decision making.
The design process is studied through case histories and student projects
which utilize a number o f areas o f engineering science. Optimization theory,
the use o f probability and statistics in design, decision theory, and reliability
theory are discussed.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Senior Engineering standing.
91. Special T opics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally
restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and avail
ability make it practicable to do so. Past offerings have been: digital com
puters, numerical methods, physical problems.
92. T hesis.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part of his
program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus
o f his thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis
project is carried out.
112
H onors Seminars
Seminars beyond those listed may be arranged on sufficient demand. Suggested
seminar areas are: Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, Linear Systems and Electro
magnetic Theory.
102. Engineering Systems.
This seminar concerns itself with the representation o f engineering systems as
mathematical models. These models fall into the two fundamental classes of
lumped parameters and distributed systems. Emphasis will be placed on the
physical meaning o f the applied mathematics.
109. T hesis. Elective, upon approval o f an acceptable field o f original investigation.
ill.
Circuit T heory .
Theory o f linear time invariant electric circuits with brief extensions to non
linear networks and methods o f synthesis. Network topology and equilibrium
equations. Pole-zero concepts, transient and steady state response, impedance,
resonance and the complex s-plane. Superposition techniques, signal flow
graphs, one- and two-port networks, filter theory and power networks. Analytic
properties o f network functions.
113. Electronics.
A study o f electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical
theory o f electronic devices; design o f electronic circuits applicable to com
munications, instrumentation, information processing systems, etc.; transient
and steady-state analysis o f electronic circuits and systems; introductory
topics in the theory o f communication and information. The seminar is ac
companied by a full-day laboratory.
Engineering Curricula
For Students W ho H ave Entered
in
September 1965
or
B efore
Three educational plans are offered:
(1 ) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical
Engineering.
( 2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences.
(3 ) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests o f certain students:
(a ) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or
(b ) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas o f study.
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of
the College as specified for the D ivision o f Engineering (pp. 6 3 -6 5 ), and the
requirements o f the particular discipline or program in which he is a major. Thus
curricular plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration:
(1 )
the basic engineering science courses must provide a foundation and meet
the prerequisite requirements for advanced work at the upper-class level, and (2 )
the general College requirements should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior
standing. Experience has shown that the suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum
o f the First T w o Years” (page 112) w ill meet the needs o f the usual engineering
student in any one o f the three plans and w ill clear the way for the advanced
work o f the junior and senior years. Modifications o f the basic program, as well
as those o f the major disciplines, are possible in individual cases but such changes
must be justified and approved by the student’s course adviser. At the end o f the
sophomore year, the student w ill enter the Course program in a major field of
Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering, or he may apply for Honors.
113
( 1 ) The Course Program
This program leads to the degree o f Bachelor o f Science in Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council
for Professional Development. Over the four years, the student w ill take about
one-quarter o f his work in the Divisions o f the Humanities and Social Sciences,
one-quarter in the Departments o f Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the
remainder in the Department o f Engineering. A ll students devote their last two
years: ( 1 ) to certain basic courses required o f all engineers; ( 2 ) to fulfilling
the major requirements o f one o f the disciplines o f Engineering; ( 3 ) to developing
their special interests. After completing the basic program o f the first two years,
the student follow s the curriculum outlined on the follow ing pages under the
particular area in which he is a major.
For descriptions o f courses in Engineering, see the 1964-65 College Catalogue
(pp. 9 1 -1 0 0 ).
( 2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences
The D ivision on Engineering offers an Honors program' accredited in Engineering
Sciences in addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical
Engineering. A general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be
found on page 65. The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon
completion o f the sophomore year. Successful participants w ill receive the degree
o f Bachelor o f Science with Honors, H igh Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineer
ing Sciences.
The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands
placed upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The
eight seminars in which the student participates cover a wide range o f fundamental
knowledge in the fields o f mathematics, modern physics, and engineering sciences.
The program is characterized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical
principles in lieu o f specialized subject matter. The program is unique and suited
fo r those planning a future career in professional engineering, research and develop
ment, or college teaching.
T w o seminars are normally taken each semester o f the junior and senior year,
for a total o f eight. The final evaluation o f the students in the program occurs
at the end o f the senior year by means o f eight examinations, one for each seminar,
given by outside examiners.
Students applying for the Honors program are required to submit their proposed
seminar programs to the Division o f Engineering, accompanied by a letter setting
forth their defense o f the program. The proposed program must include seminars
in Mathematics, Physics, and Engineering Sciences. The Mathematics and Physics
seminars are described in the departmental listings and the Engineering Science
seminars are described in the 1964-65 College Catalogue (p. 92 ) . It is advisable
fo r students interested in this program to consult with the Chairman o f the
Department o f Engineering.
( 3 ) Special Programs
There is grow ing recognition o f the value o f an engineering training fortified
by a strong background o f work in the humanities and social sciences or in the
natural sciences. It is possible, with early planning o f a five-year program, for
a student to obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor o f Arts degree in
another field o f interest. It is also possible to effect a four-year engineering plan
with a minor in another field.
These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning
early in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should
be directed to the Chairman o f the Engineering Department.
114
Basic Engineering Curriculum
of the
First T w o Y ears
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
Freshman Year
Mathematics 4 (or 6 )
Physics
Chemistry
Mechanics I
Elective
Mathematics 3 (o r 5)
Physics
Chemistry *
Introduction to Engineering
Elective
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
Sophomore Year
Mathematics 12 (o r 16)
Engineering Measurements
Electrical Engineering Science
Elective
Elective
Mathematics 11 (o r 15)
Mechanics II
Materials Science
Elective
Elective
Civil Engineering
Standard Program
for
Course Students
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
Junior Year
CE51
EE63
ME51
EE55
CE52
CE54
ME54
ELIO
Mechanics III
Electronic Circuits
General Thermodynamics
Engineering Analysis
Structural Theory
Soil Mechanics and Foundations
Fluid Mechanics
W riting and Speaking
Senior Year
CE58 Special Topics
CE56 Civil Engineering Design II
GE57 Operations Research and Engineer
ing Economy
Elective
CE53 Structural Mechanics
CE55 Civil Engineering Design I
CE57 W ater Resources
Elective
Electrical Engineering
Standard Program
for
Course Students
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
Junior Year
EE53
EE55
EE59
ME51
EE54
EE56
EE60
ELIO
Circuit Theory I
Engineering Analysis
Electronics
General Thermodynamics
Circuit Theory II
Field Theory
Electronics
W riting and Speaking
Senior Year
EE57 Electrical Machinery I
EE61 W aves and Transmission Lines
Ph51 Modern Physics
Elective
EE58 Electrical Machinery II
Electrical Engineering Elective
Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective
* Chemistry may be deferred until the sophomore year.
115
Mechanical Engineering
Standard Program
for
Course Students
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Junior Year
CE51 Mechanics III
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis
Non-technical Elective
ME52 Advanced Thermodynamics
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ME62 Advanced Strength o f Materials
Non-technical Elective
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Senior Year
ME 53
ME55
ME63
EE63
Heat and Mass Transfer
Advanced Fluid Mechanics
Engineering Design I
Electronic Circuits
ME64 Engineering Design II
ME66 Mechanical Engineering Problems
EE64 Automatic Control
Non-technical Elective
116
E N G L IS H L IT E R A T U R E
P r o f e s s o r s : G e o r g e J. B e c k e r , Chairman
D
A
s s o c ia t e
a v id
Cow den
P rofessors: A
lan
Fr ie d m a n
H a r o l d E. P a g l ia r o f
A
s s is t a n t
Professors: T h o m a s A
T
homas
r t in
H . B lackburn
S u s a n B . Sn y d e r
I n s t r u c t o r s : Jo h n
S. S h a c k f o r d
T h o m a s L. S h e r m a n
D
ir e c t o r
of
D ir e c t o r
of
D r a m a t i c s : R . D . Si m o n s
Poetry W
orkshop:
Je a n V
a l e n t in e
This department offers courses and seminars in English literature, American liter
ature, and some foreign literatures in translation. The departmental curriculum is
planned to provide experience o f several critical approaches: the intensive study
o f the works o f major writers, study o f the literature o f limited periods, and
thorough study o f the development o f literary types. The department also provides
instruction in the techniques o f writing.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M
ajo r s a n d
M
in o r s
Prerequisites. English 1 or its equivalent by Advanced Placement is the pre
requisite for all other courses in literature. (This prerequisite does not apply to
seniors.) The minimum requirement for admission as a major in English is English
1 plus one other semester-course in the department. However, students considering
a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional courses during
the sophomore year. The study o f history, particularly o f the history o f England,
is also recommended. Advanced study in a classical or modern foreign language
is also desirable, and is virtually a requirement for admission to graduate school.
Major in Course: The work o f a major in Course consists o f from 8 to 12
semester-courses in the department, including Shakespeare, Chaucer or Milton, and
Problems o f Literary Study.
Major in H onors: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department,
one o f which must be Chaucer, Shakespeare, or Milton. Majors are advised to take
two seminars in Group I.
M inor in H onors: Minors in Honors are ordinarily required to take two seminars
in the department.
C ourses
1. T he English Poetic T radition.
Staff.
Each semester
Close study o f selected works o f Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Pope, and
Blake.
5, 6. English
for
Foreign Students.
Each semester
Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English
backgrounds.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69, and fall semester, 1969-70.
117
10. A dvanced Composition ; Staff.
Spring semester
Analysis, organization, and effective presentation o f complex subject matter.
The course w ill be conducted for the most part on a tutorial basis.
21. Poetics. Mr. Artin.
Vail semester
Consideration o f the essential aspects o f poetry. Readings w ill include poetry
in English from all periods, as well as some o f the major documents o f poetics.
22.. Satire . Mr. Pagliaro and Mr. Blackburn.
Spring semester
Examination o f satire as a literary genre.
23. M ain Currents
of
N ineteenth -Century Literature.
Mr. Becker.
Vail semester
The major movements o f romanticism, realism-naturalism, and symbolism in
European literature.
24. M ain Currents
of
T wentieth -Century Literature. Mr. Friedman.
Spring semester
Emphasis on the European novel. The creation o f new forms o f literary
experience by such figures as Proust, Gide, Camus, Kafka, Mann, Joyce, and
Lawrence.
25. Shakespeare (fo r non-m ajors).
Study o f representative plays.
Staff.
!
Each semester
N o t open to majors in the department.
28. M odern British Literature. Staff.
Spring semester
Forms and ideas in British writing in the twentieth century.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
31. Chaucer .
M r. Artin.
Vail semester
Reading in M iddle English o f most o f Chaucer’s poems, with special emphasis
on T he Canterbury Tales. The course attempts to place the poetry in the
context o f medieval culture.
32. M edieval Literature.
M r. Artin.
Spring semester
Study o f the literature o f England from Beow ulf to Malory. From time to
time the course w ill focus on more specialized topics, such as the Germanic
epic or the emergence o f romance from Celtic narrative and mythology.
33. Renaissance Poetry. Miss Snyder.
Spring semester
The development o f forms and ideas in English non-dramatic poetry from
the beginning o f the sixteenth century to the death o f Milton.
34. Renaissance Comparative Literature. Miss Snyder.
Vail semester
Selected major writers o f the Continental Renaissance w ill be studied in
translation.
35. T udor-Stuart D rama . Mr. Friedman.
Fall semester
Development o f the English drama in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
36. M ilton . M r. Blackburn.
Spring semester
Study o f the main body o f M ilton’ s poetry with particular emphasis on
Paradise Lost.
37. Eighteenth -Century Literature. Mr. Pagliaro.
Fall semester
Study o f representative works with emphasis on the genres and on the critical
values o f the age.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
118
38. Romantic Poetry. M r. Pagliaro.
Spring semester
The major English romantic poets, with attention given to the ideas as
w ell as to form and structure.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
39. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Fall semester
Study o f the beginnings o f the novel concentrating on eighteenth-century,
romantic, and Victorian novels.
4 l.
A merican Literature
to 1865. M r. Shackford.
Fall semester
Study o f the original ideals and forms o f American literature as seen in
the major writers from the Revolution to the Civil W ar.
43. V ictorian Literature. Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
Study o f representative figures o f the period.
44. A merican Literature since 1865. Mr. Shackford.
Spring semester
Developments in the forms and character o f American literature as seen
in representative novels and poets from Mark Twain to Faulkner.
45. M odern Poetry (B ritish ).
Mr. Sherman.
Fall semester
M ajor British poets o f the last hundred years. Readings include critical and
autobiographical writings as well as poetry.
46. M odern Poetry (A merican ) .
Mr. Shackford.
Spring semester
Examination o f the work o f selected American poets.
48. M odern D rama . Staff.
Spring semester
Examination o f the range o f dramatic literature since Ibsen.
50. T he M odern N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
Study o f the development o f the modern novel beginning with James and
continuing to the present.
51-52. Colloquium .
Staff.
53. Special T opics. Staff.
From time to time intensive courses w ill be offered in fields not covered by
the regular program.
61-62. Shakespeare. Staff.
Fall semester
Study o f the complete works o f Shakespeare, tracing the development o f his
craftsmanship and ideas. Required o f majors in the department, w ho meet
weekly in small groups during the first semester o f the senior year. Students
should read through the plays before beginning the course.
63-64. Problems of Literary Study . Staff.
Spring semster
Group meetings o f departmental majors in the second semester o f the senior
year. About half the semester is devoted to writing a research paper o f
magnitude.
65-66. T hesis.
Spring semester
Majors may elect to substitute a thesis for Problems o f Literary Study.
Application must be made by May 15 o f the junior year.
70. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop. Mr. Friedman.
Fall semester
Projects in imaginative writing. Meetings w ill be devoted primarily to the
analysis o f stories submitted by students; secondarily to the discussion of
readings in the theory o f fiction, the craft o f fiction, and the work o f con
temporary authors.
119
71. P o e t r y W
orksh op.
Miss Valentine.
Each semester
A seminar in which students w ill write, read, and talk about poetry. Limited
to twelve. Students should submit three poems or the equivalent for ad
mission to the course. The class w ill meet once a week together, and in
individual conferences.
72. T h e a t e r W
orksh op.
Mr. Simons.
Each semester
A course open to all students interested in acting, directing, and play pro
duction. Lectures, demonstrations and laboratory. Each semester a different
element is stressed. Fall w ill stress production and spring acting and directing.
H onors Seminars
Group I
101. Sh a k e s p e a r e . Staff.
Each semester
Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major
plays, with a more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the canon. Students are
advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar.
103. Chaucer . Mr. Artin.
Eall semester
Reading o f Chaucer’s poems in the original M iddle English, with particular
attention to Troilus and Criseyde and T he Canterbury Tales.
104. M il t o n . Mr. Blackburn.
Spring semester
Study o f Milton's works with special emphasis on Paradise Lost.
105. T u d o r -S t u a r t D r a m a . Mr. Friedman.
Fall semester
The development o f English drama from the medieval morality plays to
Restoration tragedy and comedy.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
108. R e n a is s a n c e P o e t r y . Miss Snyder.
Spring semester
Modes and preoccupations o f English poetry from Wyatt and Surrey through
Marvell.
109. E ig h t e e n t h -C e n t u r y L it e r a t u r e . Mr. Pagliaro.
Fall semester
An examination o f the literary forms and critical values o f the age, with
special attention given to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson, and
to a few representative playwrights.
110. T h e R o m a n t i c P o e t s . M r. Pagliaro.
Fall semester
A n examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, and Keats.
Group II
113. T h e N o v e l . Mr. Cowden.
Each semester
Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and W o o lf.
114. M o d e r n D r a m a .
Spring semester
Study o f realism, expressionism, and the absurd in the works o f Ibsen,
Strindberg, Shaw, O ’N eill, and Beckett.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
115. M odern Comparative Literature. Mr. Becker and Mr. Friedman.
Each semester
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some
o f the major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature.
The chief figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, ■Tolstoy and Dostoevsky,
Kafka and Mann, Joyce and Faulkner.
120
116. A merican Literature. M r. Shackford.
Fall semester
Study o f the themes, forms, and character o f American literature as seen
in four or five representative writers from the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.
118. M odern Poetry. Staff.
Spring semester
Study o f the modern tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats
to the present. The seminar w ill concentrate on the work o f a few major poets.
119. Special T opics
in
Literature. Staff.
Occasional seminars w ill be given in special fields not part o f the regular
program.
120. T hesis.
A major in Honors may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
H e must select his topic and submit his plan o f work for departmental ap
proval by the end o f the junior year. Then during one semester o f the
senior year he writes his thesis under the direction o f a member o f the
department.
121
HISTORY
P r o f e s s o r s : P a u l H. B e ik \
Ja m e s A . F i e l d , J r .
La u r e n c e D. L afo re
F r e d e r ic k B . T o l l e s
H a r r is o n M . W
r ig h t ,
Chairm an
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t C . B a n n i s t e r
G
eorge
E. M c C u l l y %
B e r n a r d S. S m i t h
Jo h n
G. W
T s in g Y
il l ia m s o n
uan
L e c t u r e r : P eggy K . K o r n
The offerings of the History Department are designed to give the student a sense
o f the past and an acquaintance with the course o f cultural and institutional develop
ment which has brought forth the w orld o f today, and at the same time to provide
some training in historical method and the use o f evidence. Concerned as it is
with these ends, the study o f history in college emphasizes less the accumulation
o f data than the comprehension o f those ideas and institutions— political, religious,
social, economic— by which man has attempted to order his world.
The structure o f the department’s program derives from the belief that some
knowledge o f European history since classical times is both an important part of
a general education and a valuable prelude to further historical work. History 1-2 is
planned as an introduction to this subject, to the methods and problems of the
historian, and to the study and use o f historical materials; it is a prerequisite for
all other departmental offerings except Courses 5, 6, 9, 38, 40, 44 and 45.
Students contemplating further work in the department should, if possible, take
History 1-2 in the freshman year; those w ho take the course in later years may,
if they have successfully completed History 1, elect an additional history course
in the second semester. Students who enter college with Advanced Placement in
European history or who pass the departmental qualifying examination may, with
the permission o f the department, substitute a semester course in Medieval history
for History 1-2.
The courses offered by the department fall into four general areas: Medieval and
Early Modern Europe; Modern Europe; the Americas; Africa, Asia, and Latin
America. The minimum requirement for acceptance for a major in History is
the successful completion o f the departmental prerequisite and a satisfactory standard
o f work in other departments. The work of the major in Course consists normally
o f not less than eight nor more than twelve semester courses in the department. The
choice o f courses is made, in consultation with the student’s advisor, so as to
prepare for a comprehensive examination in the spring o f the senior year covering
any three o f the four fields described above.
Students entering the Honors program may elect History as a major in either
the Division o f the Humanities or the Division o f the Social Sciences, and as a
minor in cross divisional programs. Those w ho are considering a major or minor
in History Honors should give timely consideration to the prerequisites o f their
other fields. Those w ho intend to continue their studies after graduation should bear
in mind that a reading knowledge o f one or two foreign languages is now generally
required fo r admission to graduate school.
$ Absent on leave, 1968-69.
122
C o u rses
1—2. E u r o p e . Members o f the Department.
Year course
One o f the basic courses in the College curriculum. The first semester con
siders the period from the fall o f the Roman Empire to the end o f the
seventeenth century and the formation o f a distinctively European civilization.
The second semester, covering the period from the Enlightenment to the
mid-twentieth century, deals with the development o f this civilization and
with its impact on the outer world.
5. T h e U n it e d St a t e s
to
1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Fall semester
The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new government;
transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South.
6. T he U nited States Since 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Spring semester
Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the
problems o f a shrinking world.
7. A merican Intellectual H istory to 1865. Mr. Tolies.
Fall semester
The history o f ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the
mid-nineteenth century. A general knowledge o f the political and social
history o f the period is assumed.
8. A merican Intellectual H istory Since 1865. Mr. Bannister.
Spring semester
The history o f ideas in the United States from the mid-nineteenth century to
the present time. A general knowledge o f the political and social history
o f the period is assumed.
9. Freshman -Sophomore Seminar .
Collaborative small group investigation o f subjects within the particular fields
o f interest of members of the department. Offered as opportunity permits in
each semester.
11. T he Formation
of
M edieval Civilization . Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The history o f the early M iddle Ages, from the Christian Roman Empire to
the eleventh century crisis o f Church and State.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
12. T he M aturing
of
M edieval Civilization . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
The period from about 1100 to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on Western
Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.
13. E n g l a n d
to
1485. Mr. Smith.
Full semester
The political, cultural, and religious history o f England from the Roman
occupation to the accession o f the Tudors.
16. T he R enaissance. Mr. McCully.
The birth of modern western civilization considered in terms o f intellectual
developments and their relation to economic, social, and political conditions.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
17. T he Reformation
and the
Seventeenth C entury . Mr. McCully.
The reformation o f religion in Church and State and the cultural and social
effects o f secularization.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
123
22. Europe since 1914. Mr. W illiamson.
Fall semester
The social and political impact o f the two great wars, attempts to solve the
economic problems o f the inter-war period by new political forms, the polariza
tion o f Europe after 1945, and the disintegration o f the two hostile alliances.
24. M odern England . Mr. Lafore.
Fall semester
The development o f constitutional government and the transition from an
agricultural and aristocratic nation to an urban and socialist one.
25. M odern Russia. M r. Beik.
The course begins with the reign o f Peter and gives half its time to the period
since the Revolution.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
26. M odern Europe. Members of the department.
Spring semester
Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the
experiences o f one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In
1968-69 this nation w ill be Germany. Mr. Williamson.
27. T he French Revolution
and
N apoleon . Mr. Beik.
T he significance o f the period from 1789 to 1815 in the development of
modern European social theories and political institutions.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
30. A merican D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Fall semester
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part o f the larger problem
o f American participation in w orld affairs.
34. A merica in the Progressive Era , 1896-1920. Mr. Bannister. •
Spring semester
The attack on political privilege and the movement for the control o f industry;
urban poverty, the new immigration, the Negro, women's rights, temperance,
and conservation; the emergence o f America as a w orld power.
37. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies.
Spring semester
The course o f religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with
appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church
history.
38. Q uakerism. Mr. Tolies.
The history o f the Society o f Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas o f the Quakers are considered in their historical
setting.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
40. A frica. Mr. W right.
Fall semester
Aspects o f African history and civilization with the emphasis on tropical
Africa in modern times.
42. T he Expansion of Europe. Mr. W right.
Spring semester
A survey o f European overseas expansion since 1415, and o f its impact on
non-European societies. The emphasis is on South and Southeast Asia.
44. T he Far East
in the
N ineteenth C entury . Mr. Yuan.
Fall semester
The impact o f the W est; internal disruption and adjustment; the beginnings
o f nationalism and of the process o f modernization.
124
45. T he Far East
in the
T wentieth Century . Mr. Yuan.
Spring semester
The search fo r a new identity; the rise o f militarism and imperialism in Japan
and o f communism in China.
46. A s ia n N a t io n a l is m s . Mr. Yuan.
Pall semester
A comparative study o f middle eastern and far eastern Asian nationalisms,
with emphasis on the Turkish, Arab, Chinese, and Japanese forms.
48. L a t i n A m e r ic a . Mrs. Korn.
The development o f the Latin American countries from colonial times to the
present.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
51-2. C o l l o q u i u m .
Fall semester
A double-credit course o f restricted enrollment which seeks, through intensive
investigation o f a limited topic, to illuminate an important historical field.
Open to majors in Course in any department. Topics in 1968-69 are:
A. Twentieth Century Wars. Mr. Field.
B. Varieties of Historical Analysis. Mr. Lafore.
53. D irected R e a d in g . Members o f the department.
Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not
dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the Chairman and
o f the Instructor is required.
67. T hesis. Members of the department.
W ith the consent o f the Chairman and o f the supervising member o f the
department a thesis may be substituted for a course in the fall semester of
the senior year.
68—69.
Spring semester
S p e c ia l T o pic s .
Group meetings o f senior majors in their final semester to review, integrate,
and supplement their programs. The readings and discussion center on the
development o f historical writing from the M iddle Ages to the present, and
on the relationship o f the historian to his time.
H onors Seminars
The follow ing seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors who
are preparing for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken
in any combination without regard to chronological order. History 1-2 is a pre
requisite to all seminars. In addition, some preliminary reading is required for
seminars 130, 132, and 134 if no work in American history has been previously
elected.
Those w ho wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history
(see page 127, last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of
the follow ing seminars: 134, 126, 128, 140, 144.
111. M e d iev al E u r o p e . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
A study o f the civilization that flourished in Western Europe between the
eleventh and the fourteenth centuries.
116. T h e R e n a is s a n c e
and
R e f o r m a t io n . Mr. McCully.
Fall semester
The birth o f Modern Europe as seen in such developments as the recovery
o f classical culture, the crisis o f religion and the Church, the establishment of
centralized states, and the origins o f modern science.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
125
118.
T udor
and
Stuart England . M r. M cC u lly.
Spring semester
The English Renaissance and Reformation, constitutional developments, the
Civil W a r and the Restoration.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
122. Europe 1760 to 1870. M r. Beik.
Pall semester
The disintegration o f the old regime and the rise o f liberalism.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
123. Europe 1870 to 1945. Mr. W illiamson.
Both semesters
Political and social changes in Europe through the Second W orld W ar.
124. England Since 1785.
Mr. Lafore.
The rise o f the first modern industrial state.
economic problems.
Pall semester
Its social, political, and
126. D iplomatic H istory of Europe . Mr. W illiam son or Mr. Lafore.
The management o f international affairs since 1870.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
128. Eastern Europe . Mr. Beik.
Spring semester
The origins and consequences o f the Russian Revolution and the development
o f the nations o f East Central Europe.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
130. Early A merican H istory. Mr. Tolies.
Spring semester
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects o f the period from the
explorations to the end o f the American Revolution.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
132. Problems
in
A merican H istory. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Both semesters
Selected topics in the history o f the United States.
134. Problems
in
A merican H istory: Foreign. Mr. Field.
Spring semester
A study o f the evolution since 1776 o f American relations with the outer
world, with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
140. M odern A frica. Mr. W right.
Pall semester
Studies in African history with emphasis on the period since 1800, the
region south o f the Sahara, and the European impact.
144. T he M odern Far East. Mr. Yuan.
Spring semester
Political, social, and intellectual movements in China and Japan since about
1840.
167. T hesis.
W ith the permission o f the department Honors students may write a thesis
for either single or double course credit. D ouble credit theses w ill normally
be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to
the visiting examiners. Honors students wishing to write a thesis for single
credit should elect Course 67.
126
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Students w ho plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
These students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examina
tion should take eight, nine, or ten courses from among those listed below, including
all o f those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group
III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen o f
the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairman
ship o f the Department o f Political Science.
Group l
Political Science 4. International Politics
Political Science 13. International Law and O rganization
Political Science 14. A merican Foreign Policy
Political Science 63. A dvanced International Politics
Economics 60. International Economics
Group II
Economics 11. Economic D evelopment
History 25. M odern Russia
History 30. A merican D iplomatic H istory
History 40. A frica
History 42. T he Expansion of Europe
History 44, 45. T he Far East
History 46. A sian N ationalisms
Group III
Economics 61. Comparative Economic Systems
Political Science 3. Comparative Politics
Political Science 18. Politics of D eveloping N ations
Political Science 19. Comparative Communist Politics
Political Science 21. Politics of A frica
Political Science 55. M odern P olitical T heory
Political Science 64. T opics in I nternational Relations
Students w ho plan to enter the Honors program w ill find it possible to select a
similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman o f their prospective
major department.
1 27
MATHEMATICS
Professors: H einrich Brink m an n , Chairman
D avid R osen
A ssociate Professor: Stevens H eckscher
A ssistant Professors: R oland B. di Franco
T homas W . H awkins
Eugene A. K lotz %
J. Edward Skeath {
James T. W ood
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model
o f a deductive science. O n the other hand, the subject matter o f mathematics
has for the most part arisen out o f concrete applications to the physical sciences,
among which geometry occupies a central position. T he courses offered in the
Department o f Mathematics attempt to combine these points o f view and to give
a picture o f the power and beauty o f the subject when studied for its own sake,
as well as its many relations to other fields o f thought. T he study of mathematics
is essential as a tool for the understanding o f the principles o f the physical sciences
and engineering; a knowledge o f its techniques is indispensable for a successful
pursuit o f these subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological
sciences and the social sciences.
The sequence consisting o f courses 3, 4, 11, 12 forms the normal preparation for
further work in mathematics as well as for work in physics and other sciences, and
engineering. Courses 5, 6, 15, 16 are Honors courses and can be taken in place of
courses, 3, 4, 11, 12 by properly qualified students.
A student w ho wishes to major in mathematics in Course must complete course
12 or course 16 in his sophomore year. In his junior and senior years he w ill take
courses 23, 24, 51, 52, 55; these are required o f all majors in course. It is also
recommended that he take Physics 1, 2.
In order to be admitted to the Honors program with work in mathematics a student
must have completed course 12 or course 16. A junior Honors student w ill normally
take seminars 104 (M odern Algebra) and 101 (Calculus on M anifolds), or prepare
for a paper by taking courses 51, 52. A n Honors student whose major is mathe
matics w ill usually present four papers in mathematics; these must include seminar
105 (Com plex Analysis) as w ell as the work just mentioned for the junior year.
Such a student should also take Physics 1, 2 and it is furthermore highly desirable
that he have a reading knowledge o f French or German.
1. Introduction
to
M athematics.
Fall se m e s te r
The purpose o f this course is to acquaint the student with some of the
principles and fundamental concepts o f mathematics. The main topics for
study w ill be an introduction to logic and sets, linear algebra, the basic ideas
o f the calculus, with probability theory and statistics as an application.
The course is designed as a terminal course in mathematics and cannot be
used as a prerequisite for any course offered by the Department o f Mathematics.
3, 4. Calculus .
This is an introductory course in calculus designed for students with normal
preparation. Course 3 can be used as a prerequisite for Course 8.
$ Absent on leave, 1968-69.
128
5,6. Calculus (H onors C ourse).
This is an introductory course in calculus intended for students with
superior preparation and aptitude in mathematics. Permission to enroll
in this course must be obtained from the instructor.
8. Probability
and
Statistics.
This course deals with the mathematical theory o f statistics, based upon a
study o f the theory o f probability. A n introduction to the theory o f sampling
and statistical inference w ill be given.
Prerequisite: Course 3 or Course 5.
11. Linear A lgebra.
semester
This is the normal course for the first semester o f the second year. The
subject matter o f the Course is linear algebra and related topics.
Prerequisite: Completion o f courses 3, 4 or 5, 6 with grade C or better.
Freshmen w ho obtain a score o f 3 on the Advanced Placement Examination
may also take this course.
12. Intermediate Calculus .
Spring semester
Linear differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this
course.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion o f one o f courses f t , 15 or 17.
15. Linear A lgebra (H onors Course).
Foil semester
This course is designed for students w ho have done superior work in
preceding courses.
Prerequisite: Superior work in courses 3, 4 or 5, 6; permission to enroll
in this course must be obtained from the instructor.
16. Intermediate Calculus (H onors C ourse).
Spring semester
Linear differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this
course. It is designed for students w ho have done superior work in pre
ceding courses.
Prerequisite: Superior work in one o f courses 11, 15 or 17; permission to
enroll in this course must be obtained from the instructor.
17. Special Course.
Fallsemester
This course is specifically designed for those freshmen w ho obtain a score
o f 5 or 4 on the Advanced Placement Examination. The content o f the
course is linear algebra and infinite series.
20.
M ultivariate Calculus.
Springsemester
Differential equations and multivariate calculus are studied in this course.
Emphasis w ill be laid on applications to the social sciences.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of one of courses 11, 15, or 17.
22. N umerical M ethods.
Springsemester
This course w ill deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical
problems, pure and applied. A laboratory period w ill be included.
Prerequisite: Course 12 or Course 16.
23. H igher G eometry .
Fallsemester
Various kinds o f geometry (mostly in the plane) w ill be studied in this
course, using both analytic and synthetic methods. A portion o f the work
w ill deal with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other
geometries. T he conic sections w ill be studied in some detail. This course
is not open to freshmen except by special permission.
Prerequisite: Course 11 or 15 or 17.
129
24.
H igher A lgebra.
a
Spring semester
The subject matter o f this course consists o f various topics o f modern algebra,
such as groups, rings, and fields. N ote that linear algebra is studied in
Mathematics 11, 15 and 17.
Prerequisite: Course 11 or 15 or 17.
51, 52. Real
and
C omplex A nalysis.
Am ong the topics covered in this course are multivariate calculus (including
some vector analysis and differential geom etry), the theory o f functions of
a complex variable, differential and integral equations, and boundary-value
problems. O ne or both o f these courses can be used to prepare for an Honors
paper, possibly with some additional independent work.
Prerequisites: A year o f calculus and a semester o f linear algebra. Some
knowledge o f differential equations is also desirable.
55. Senior Conference .
Spring semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose o f integrating and supplementing the
course program o f majors in this department. It is required o f all majors in
the Course program.
60. Reading Course
in
M athematics.
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in
fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work
consists in the preparation o f papers requiring extensive and detailed examina
tion o f the literature o f a problem.
H onors Seminars
101. Calculus
on
M anifolds.
Fall semester
The subject matter o f this seminar includes the differential and integral
calculus o f functions o f several variables as well as topics from the theory of
infinite series.
102. T opology .
Spring semester
This seminar is intended to bridge thé gap between Advanced Calculus and
certain topics in abstract mathematics. The topics covered w ill vary from
year to year and may include such items as: Point set topology with some
applications :to functional analysis, hom ology and homotopy theory.
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties o f such formal systems
as groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. W h ile these concepts w ill be
illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis w ill be on the abstract
nature o f the subject. The student w ill thus be introduced to an important
aspect o f. modern mathematics.
105. Complex A nalysis .
A brief study o f the geometry o f (complex numbers is follow ed by a detailed
treatment o f the .Cauchy theory 0Î analytical functions o f a complex variable.
Various applications are given and some special classes of functions, such
as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of
Weierstrass are briefly considered.
Prerequisite: Seminar 101 or Courses 51, 52.
106. T heory
•
of
N umbers.
Am ong the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of
integers, the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain
classical Diophantine equations, simple examples o f fields o f algebraic numbers.
130
107. Functional A nalysis .
This seminar is intended for students o f some mathematical maturity, and
w ill be an introduction to some material that is important in present-day
mathematics. Topics covered w ill include axiomatic set theory, topological
and metric spaces, measure theory, topological groups, and elements o f the
theory o f Banach and Hilbert spaces.
108A. Symbolic Logic.
A n examination o f symbolic logic as ( 1 ) the theory o f inference, ( 2 ) a tool
o f analysis, and ( 3 ) a foundation for mathematics. Emphasis w ill be placed
on the fundamental concepts (e.g., the axiomatic method, consistency,
decidability), major theorems (completeness and incompleteness), and prob
lems o f the foundations o f logic.
n ote :
This seminar is given by the Department o f Philosophy.
who have taken 108B may not take this seminar.
108B. Foundations
and
Philosophy
of
Students
M athematics.
This seminar w ill begin with a brief survey o f the major results in founda
tions o f mathematics: axiomatic development o f symbolic logic and set
theory, G odel incompleteness theorem, consistency and independence o f the
axiom o f choice and the continuum hypothesis. This w ill be follow ed by
a comparison o f the logicist, formalist and intuitionist view o f foundations
o f mathematics.
n ote :
This seminar is offered jointly by the Departments o f Philosophy
and Mathematics. Students who have taken 108A may not take this seminar.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy and Mathematics 24 or equivalent
work with axiomatic mathematics.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
109. Probability and Statistics.
The purpose o f this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary
for an understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f statistical data. In
addition the modern development o f this subject provides a valuable applica
tion o f the concepts and techniques acquired in the study o f advanced calculus.
The topics treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals,
correlation and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and
a short introduction to the theory o f statistical estimation.
110. A pplied M athematics.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the methods o f mathe
matical physics. The main emphasis w ill be the theory o f functions of
a complex variable and its many ramifications. Topics w ill include applica
tions o f the theory to potential theory and the Dirichlet problem as well as
certain Differential Equations such as Bessels and Legendre’s equation. Fourier
and Laplace transforms w ill be considered as time permits.
111. M athematics
of the
Social Sciences.
This seminar is concerned with mathematics which has arisen from problems
in the social sciences. Possible topics include game theory, linear program
ming, learning theory, Markov chain models, utility theory, voting strength
analysis, Arrow ’s social welfare problem, measurement theory, organization
theory, and other models from economics, political science, psychology, and
sociology-anthropology.
Prerequisites: T w o years o f mathematics and permission from the instructor.
N ot offered in 1968-69131
113. G roup Representations.
The purpose o f this seminar is to introduce the student to important aspects
o f modern algebra through the study o f the specific problem o f group repre
sentations. T he emphasis w ill be on the classical case: finite groups, with
the characteristic not dividing the order o f the group. Although considerable
care w ill be devoted to developing the appropriate algebraic background, a
good knowledge o f several areas o f modern algebra w ill be required.
132
MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professors: H ilde D. C ohn (German)
Fran z H. M autner (German) }
Francis P. T afoya , Chairm an (French)
A ssociate Professors: G eorge C. A very (G erm an)
Jean A shmead Perkins (French)
G eorge K rugovoy (Russian)
Philip M etzidakis (Spanish)
A ssistant Professors: Elisa A sensio (Spanish)
T hompson Bradley (Russian)
R obert R oza (French)
Richard T erdiman (French)
Instructors : Simone V oisin Smith (French)
Ewald E. H aeusser (G erm an)
V isiting L ecturers: R obert P. N ew ton (German)
H elen P. Shatagin (Russian)
A ssistant: A n n e T eissonniere (French)
The purpose o f the departmental major is to acquaint the student with the
important periods and major figures in the literature o f France, the German-speaking
countries, Russia, Spain and Latin-America, and to provide training in critical
analysis while developing his appreciation of literary and cultural values.
Courses numbered 1 through 6 are primarily designed to help students acquire the
linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary studies in a foreign language
(and satisfy college and departmental requirements) through work with the language
and selected literary texts. For a detailed description o f the dual orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory N ote on language courses below. Courses num
bered 11 or above stress the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline but also
have as one o f their aims the achievement o f competence in the spoken and written
language.
Students who show unusual promise or a willingness to do intensive supple
mentary work can major or enter Honors seminars in ,a language started in college,
but in general, students planning to major in a foreign language and its literature
are advised to present enough credits upon admission to enable them to register for
courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year or at the very latest by the
beginning o f the sophomore year. Students w ho enter with no previous knowledge
of Russian but w ho are interested in majoring in Russian should register for the
sections of intensive Russian (1B -2B ) in the course o f their freshman year.
Language courses numbered 1 through 5 do not count toward the minimum o f
eight courses required for the major.
Students are strongly urged to satisfy the language requirement upon admission;
those who do not on the basis o f scores in the College Entrance Examination or
placement tests administered by the department during freshman orientation can
satisfy the requirement by completing a course numbered 4 or 4 A or any course
at the end o f which they make a satisfactory score in the achievement examinations.
These examinations are administered at the end o f each semester. Students who
have not satisfied the language requirement upon admission or w ho want to
continue a language begun elsewhere w ill be placed at the course level where they
will profit best according to the rating o f the College Entrance Examination or
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
133
placement tests administered by the department. Students w ho place in courses
numbered 1 through 4 must in addition take the Modern Language Aptitude Test
during freshman orientation. Students beginning their study o f a foreign language
at Swarthmore are also required to take the Modern Language Aptitude Test.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures
taught. Exceptions to course requirements are made for those w ho show competence
in the language o f specialization. Students w ho speak French, German, Russian or
Spanish fluently should consult with the department before electing courses.
Majors are urged (a ) to elect supporting courses in other literatures (classical or
m odern), History, Philosophy, Political Science, Anthropology, Sociology, Psychol
ogy, Art History and Music; ( b ) to investigate seriously the possibility o f spending,
after their sophomore year, at least a summer and a semester abroad. Interested
students should request assistance o f departmental advisors familiar with programs
in foreign countries.
Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the
language specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is generally re
quired for admission to advanced studies. Students w ho »need advice concerning the
choice o f languages should consult with the department.
Continental European Literature (Conducted in English)
Students acquainted with a particular foreign language w ould do best to elect
the appropriate literature course taught in the original language and hot the cor
responding CEL 12 or CEL 50, though they might well take one in another literature.
These courses cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses in the original
languages to satisfy the departmental prerequisites for a major or minor, nor do
they fulfill the distribution requirement. The CEL 50s may in some cases form an
appropriate part o f the upper-level work in the major in one o f the foreign literatures
or serve as the basis o f preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning pro
grams where such considerations w ould apply must consult with the Department.
CEL 12 and CEL 50 courses will be offered according to the follow ing sequence:
1968-69
Fall
Spring
CEL 12 French
CEL 50 Spanish
CEL 12 German
CEL 50 Russian
1969-70
Spring
Fall
CEL 12 Russian
CEL 50 German
CEL 12 Spanish
CEL 50 French
Courses
12F. M an and Society in French L iterature. Mr. Terdiman.
Fall semester, 1968
A n examination principally in works dating before 1900 o f the double tradition
o f introspective individualism and deep social concern— and o f the inevitable
conflict between these impulses— in the works o f such writers as Montaigne,
Pascal, Molière, Diderot, Rousseau, Stendhal and Zola.
12G. T he Q uest for a T radition in G erman Literature. Mr. Avery.
Spring semester, 1969
A selection o f representative works written in German-speaking countries
from the M iddle Ages to the end o f the nineteenth century. Emphasis on the
134
emergence o f characteristically German themes and forms as a response to the
influences o f historical and cultural forces. Emphasis on similarities to a
European literary tradition and on divergences from it. Authors w ill include
Gottfried, Grimmelshausen, Lessing, Schiller, Goethe, Keller, Fontane, and
Wedekind.
12R. T he O rigins
of
Russian Literature
and
Political T hought .
Mr. Krugovoy.
Spring semester, 1970
A survey o f Russian culture from the Kievan period to the nineteenth century.
The Byzantine influence and the consequence o f the introduction o f Christianity.
A brief consideration o f medieval literature. Secularization o f culture in the
eighteenth century, Russian neoclassicism and Freemasonry. The WesternizerSlavophile schism and the beginning o f the great literary age in the early
nineteenth century. Particular emphasis on Chaadaev, Khomiakov, Belinsky,
Karamzin, Pushkin, Lermontov, and G ogol.
12S. T he D evelopment
of
Spanish Literature. Mr. Metzidakis.
Fall semester, 1969
A study o f works representative o f the most significant currents in Hispanic
literature from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Special
emphasis on Spain's unique contribution to w orld literature: the figure o f the
picaro, la Celestina, D on Juan and D on Q uixote. Includes selective^prose
works o f the Realistic and Naturalistic periods.
1 }.
M edieval Comparative Literature. Mrs. Perkins.
Fall semester, 1968
The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the, literature
o f the M iddle Ages, especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen) and the
romance (Tristan, Yvain, T he Grail.)
50F. Intellectual T rends
in
20th Century Erench L iterature.
M r, Tafoya,
Fall semester, 1969
Principal doctrines (Bergsonism, Surrealism, Marxism, Existentialism, Struc
turalism) as reflected in, or related to, the major literary or critical works and
essays o f Proust, Gide, André Breton, Louis Aragon, Malraux, Sartre, Camus,
de Beauvoir, Roland Barthes, and Claude Lévi-Strauss.
50G. G erman LiteratI ire since 1900. Mr. Avery.
Spring semester, 1970
A study o f the reflection in German literature o f the political and cultural
crises that have dominated the century. W orks by Rilke, Thomas Mann,
Hesse, Kafka, Musil, D ôblin, Brecht, Grass and Johnson.
50R, Russian Literature
and
Revolutionary T hought . Mr. Bradley.
Spring semester, 1969
A study o f continuity and change: the relationship between the major
political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special
attention w ill be given to the post-revolutionary literary and political struggle
in the 1920’s and the literary revival o f the 1960’s with emphasis on Herzen,
Bakunin, Chernyshevsky, Trotsky, Babel, Olesha, Mayakovsky, Tertz and
Solzhenitsyn.
50S. Spanish T hought
and
Literature
Mr. Metzidakis.
of the
20th Century .
Fall semester, 1968
The struggle between traditionalism aiid liberalism, its background and mani
festations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f the century through
the Civil W ar to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset,
Federico Garcia Lorca, José Camilo Cela, Carmen Laforet and Juan Goytisolo.
135
M odern
Language
Se m i n a r
(C o n d u c t e d
in
E n g lis h )
130. Linguistics.
I. The basic techniques o f descriptive linguistics (phonology, morphology, syn
tax) with emphasis on their application to languages known to the participants;
II. The methods and results o f historical-comparative language study; other
topics (such as language typology, translation problems, semantics, language
and culture, histories o f linguistics) may be covered, depending on time and
students’ interests.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
N .B. Expanded and revised offerings in Linguistics w ill be announced during
the academic year 1968-69. Students interested in courses and/or seminars in
Linguistics should consult with the department.
Explanatory N ote on Language Courses Numbered 1 through 4
Beginning in the fall o f 1968, most language courses (French, German and
Russian) numbered 1 through 4 w ill be taught in sections with different orientations.
The work load in either group o f courses w ill be similar except that students in A
sections will prepare a greater proportion o f their daily assignments under the
supervision o f a qualified language specialist. Both types o f work, as described
below, satisfy the college requirement in language;
a. Courses numbered 1 through 4 without a postscript capital combine the pres
entation or review o f grammar essentials with extensive reading and transla
tion o f texts o f literary, cultural or general interest. These courses meet three
times per week with additional sessions in the language laboratory as assigned.
These courses do not normally prepare students for the intermediate or ad
vanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Admission con
tingent upon departmental testing.
b. Courses numbered 1A through 4A are designed to impart an active command
o f the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and
readings o f literary texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to
speak the language. This orientation is recommended for those interested in
acquiring a thorough command o f the language or in preparing for intermediate
or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. These courses
(a ) meet as one section for grammar presentation and in small groups for
oral practice with a special instructor ( b ) require periodic work in the language
laboratory. Admission contingent upon departmental testing.
c. Courses numbered IB through 3B (applicable only to Russian for the academic
year 1968-69) are similar in orientation to those designated with a capital A
but meet more frequently for extra credit. Three semesters in this sequence
(Russian IB, 2B, 3B ) are the equivalent o f two years o f work at the college
level. Recommended for students w ho want to progress rapidly and especially
for those with no previous knowledge o f the language who are considering
majoring in Russian.
French
French may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors.
Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s:
Required:
French 6, 11 and 12; the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement.
Majors in Course and Honors, as well as minors in Honors, are expected to be
sufficiently proficient in spoken and written French to do all o f their work in
136
French, i.e., .discussions and papers in courses and seminars, and all oral and
written examinations, including comprehensive and Honors examinations.
N ote : N ot all advanced courses are offered every year. Those announced for
1968-69 and 1969-70, guarantee adequate coverage for majors but do not preclude
additional offerings or special arrangements to satisfy manifest interest. Students
wishing to major or minor in French should plan their program in consultation
with the department.
C ourses
1-2. First-Y ear French .
Year course
For students w ho begin French in college and for those w ho have had only
one year in high school. Equivalent to two years o f French in high school.
See section a o f the explanatory note on language courses in the introductory
departmental statement. N o credit is given for French 1 alone. Normally
follow ed by French 3, 4, but students with exceptional qualifications may
request permission to continue in 3A, 4A.
1 A -2A .
First-Y ear French .
Year course
For students w ho begin French in
one year in high school. Equivalent
section b o f the explanatory note
departmental statement. N o credit
follow ed by French 3A, 4A.
college and for those w ho have had only
to tw o years o f French in high school. See
on language courses in the introductory
is given for French IA alone. Normally
3, 4. Second-Y ear French .
For students who have completed French 1-2 or the equivalent as determined
by departmental testing. See section a o f the explanatory note on language
courses in the introductory departmental statement. Normally a terminal
course designed to meet the language requirement but exceptionally qualified
students may, with permission, take an appropriate sequential course. For the
academic year 1968-69 students in sections o f French 4 taught in jail semester
only may freely elect to continue in sections o f 11 or, with permission, 12
the follow ing semester. French 3 is offered in fall semester only, French 4 and
the sequential courses w ill be offered each semester.
3A, 4A.
Second-Y ear French .
For students who have completed French 1A-2A or the equivalent as de
termined by departmental testing. See section b o f the explanatory note on
language courses in the introductory departmental statement. Completion of
4A satisfies the language requirement and the prerequisites for intermediate
courses in French. Normally follow ed by French 11, but exceptionally quali
fied students may, with permission, take French 12. French 3A is offered
in the fall semester only; for the academic year 1968-69, French 4A w ill be
taught spring semester only, thereafter French 4A w ill be offered each semester.
Sequential courses are taught each semester.
5. Composition
and
D iction .
Emphasis is placed on syntax, translation and composition. A n effort is made
to encourage fluency and to correct faulty pronunciation. (D oes not count
towards a French major.)
6. Studies
in
Stylistics.
For 1968-69, offered jail semester only.
For majors or those w ho wish an advanced course to develop self-expression
in the written and oral language. Original compositions are based on a
stylistic Study o f texts (by representative French authors) from the X V IIIth
Century to the present.
137
11. R eadings
in
French Literature.
Each semester
The transition from language learning to literary study is facilitated through
intensive readings in modern French literature (works by authors such as
Beckett, Butor, Camus, Genet, Gide, Sartre or oth ers). Frequent oral
exposés and written compositions as well as extensive readings are assigned
to improve fluency and accuracy in French. Prerequisite: French 4A, the
equivalent, or special permission.
12. Introduction
to
Literary Studies.
Each semester
A comparative study of representative works by classical and modern authors:
poetry (Ronsard, Baudelaire, A pollinaire), drama (Racine-Sartre, MolièreRom ains), novel (Constant-Proust), essay (Pascal-Camus). Prerequisite:
French 11, the equivalent or special permission.
14. L’H umanisme D e La Renaissance. Mrs. Smith.
Spring semester, 1970
The evolution o f French thought from the optimism o f Rabelais to the skep
ticism o f Montaigne as reflected primarily in the prose works o f the Renaissance.
15. Le T héâtre C lassique. Mrs. Smith.
'
Fall semester, 1969
The development o f dramatic techniques in French drama from the sixteenth
century through the age o f Classicism. Emphasis on Corneille, Racine and
Molière.
16. Le Classicisme. Mrs. Smith.
Fall semester, 1968
The major writers o f the 17th century, excluding the dramatists; Descartes,
Pascal, La Fontaine, Boileau, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyère, Mme. de La
Fayette.
17. L’Esprit Critique D u 18e Siècle. Mrs. Perkins.
Spring semester, 1969
Development o f the critical approach in the works o f Montesquieu, Voltaire,
D iderot and Rousseau.
19. Roman D u 19e Siècle. Mr. Terdiman.
Spring semester, 1970
A study o f innovations in technique and form as well as the examination of
moral problems arising from socio-political changes in 19th century France.
Based primarily on the novels of Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert and Zola.
20. Roman D u 20e Siècle.
A study o f aesthetic innovations and o f principal themes in their ideological
and sociological context. Readings to be chosen from the works o f authors
such as Beckett, Breton, Butor, Camus, Céline, Gide, Malraux, Queneau,
Robbe-Grillet, Sarraute, Sartre or others.
21. T héâtre M oderne. Mr. Roza.
Fall semester, 1968
M ajor trends in 20th Century drama with special emphasis on the works of
Giraudoux, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, and the Theatre o f the Absurd.
22. Poésie D u M oyen -Âge Et D e La Renaissance. Mrs. Perkins.
Fall semester, 1969
Poetic doctrines and achievements from the M iddle Ages through the period
o f the Renaissance (includes Neo-Platonism and the Pléiade) to the Baroque.
Emphasis on the works o f V illon, Marot, Scève, DuBellay and Ronsard.
23. Poésie Symboliste.
The evolution o f symbolist aesthetics from Baudelaire through Apollinaire.
Includes Rimbaud, Mallarmé, Verlaine, LaForgue and Valéry.
25. Poésie Contemporaine .
M ajor poets after Apollinaire; includes the Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy,
Eluard, Aragon and Char) as well as Saint-John Perse, Supervielle and repre
sentative poets since W orld W ar II (G uillevic and Bonnefoy).
138
30. Littérateurs Engagés.
Mr. Tafoya.
A study o f the literature o f commitment before and after W orld W a r II.
Principally an examination o f the literary manifestations o f French Existential
ism. Includes works by Malraux, Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus or others.
50—51. Colloquium . Mr. Terdiman.
Spring semester, 1969
Offered for double credit and devoted to the intensive investigation o f subjects
or topics not covered by the regular program. Enrollment is limited and
subject to departmental approval.
The subject for the spring semester o f 1968-69 is: La Littérature narrative en
Prance.
Techniques o f representation in French fiction. W orks w ill be chosen from
the medieval period (fo r example, the Chanson de Roland) to the most recent
example o f the new fiction (fo r example, Claude Simon’s H istoire). N o
attempt at survey coverage w ill be made; however, extensive reading in
critical works dealing with narrative will be expected.
52. Special T opics (fo r senior m ajors).
Spring semester, 1969
The topic fo r spring semester, 1968-69 is: The Contemporary Continental
European N ovel. Similarities and divergences in the development o f the
novel in France, Germany, Russia and Spain. Readings in the original language
and/or in translation. Discussions in English. Taught, as a combined course
for all departmental majors by Messrs. Avery, Bradley, Metzidakis and Tafoya.
H onors Seminars
100. Littérature D u M oyen A ge. Mrs. Perkins.
Spring semester, 1970
O ld French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and romance.
101. La Renaissance. Mrs. Smith.
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Navarre, and Montaigne.
innovations from Marot through the Pléiade.
Poetic
102. Le T héâtre C lassique. Mrs. Smith.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. L’A ge des Lumières. Mrs. Perkins.
Pall semester, 1969
The "Philosophes,” the theater and the novel o f the eighteenth century.
104. Stendhal
and
Flaubert.
105. Proust. Mr. Terdiman.
Spring semester, 1970
106. Poésie M oderne. Mr. Roza.
Pall semester, 1968
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry.
108. Le Rom an D u 20e Siècle. Mr. Roza.
Spring semester, 1969
Some seminars, treat the same subject as the courses, but the reading required
in both texts and critical material is more extensive. The work o f a seminar
corresponds to two courses.
German
German may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors.
Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s:
Required:
German 11 or 12, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement.
139
Majors are expected to speak German with sufficient fluency to take part in
discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass oral examinations in
German.
N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students
wishing to major or minor in German should plan their program in consultation
with the department.
C ourses
N o t e : See the Explanatory N ote on Language Courses numbered 1 through
4 in the introductory departmental statement.
1-2.
First-Y ear G erman .
Year course
For students w ho begin German in college. Equivalent to two years of
German in secondary school. Normally follow ed by German 3, 4, but
exceptionally qualified students may request permission to continue in German
3A, 4A. Emphasis on fundamentals o f grammar; readings in literary and
expository prose.
1 A -2A .
First-Y ear G erman .
Year course
For students w ho begin German in college. Equivalent to two years of
German in secondary school. Normally follow ed by German 3A, 4A. Five
class meetings per week. Active practice in speaking and writing. Emphasis
on fundamentals o f grammar: readings in literary and expository prose.
3, 4. Second-Y ear G erman .
For students who have completed German 1-2 or its equivalent as de
termined by departmental testing. Normally a terminal course designed to
meet the language requirement. Exceptionally qualified students may, with
permission, take an appropriate sequential course. (Students in German 4
in the jail semester, 1968-69 may, without special permission, continue in
German 11 in the spring semester.) German 3 is offered in the fall semester
only; German 4 is normally offered in both semesters. Review o f first-year
grammar, follow ed by emphasis on special problems o f grammar; literary
and expository readings beginning with texts o f moderate difficulty such as
Hesse, K nulp; Brecht, Kalendergeschicbten; Schweitzer, Leben und Denken.
3A, 4A.
Second-Y ear G erman .
For students who have completed German 1A-2A or its equivalent as de
termined by departmental testing. Completion o f German 4 A fulfills the
language requirement and the prerequisites for German 6, 11, or 12. German
3A is offered in the fall semester only; in 1968-69 German 4A w ill be
offered in the spring semesters only; thereafter in fall and spring semesters.
Grammar and readings similar to German 3, 4 but with emphasis on de
velopment o f speaking and writing ability.
6. W riting
and
Speaking G erman .
Oral discussions and writing practice based on general and literary topics of
contemporary interest. For students w ho want to consolidate their skills of
expression. Prerequisite: German 3A, 4A or its equivalent.
7—8. Elementary G erman (Special Reading Course.)
Year course
A special course designed for those w ho wish to acquire only a reading
knowledge o f German. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements of
certain departments or o f graduate schools, but not the college foreign language
requirement.
11. Introduction
to
G erman Literature (19th and 20th Centuries).
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama from the German
Romantics to Kafka. Discussion, papers. N ot a survey course. Prerequisite:
German 4A or its equivalent.
140
12. Introduction
to
G erman Literature (G oethe and his A g e ).
A study o f works by Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller. Discussion, papers. N ot
a survey course. Prerequisite: German 4A or its equivalent.
14. G oethes Faust, Erster
und
Z weiter T eii..
A n intensive study o f Faust, I and II.
Faust, Part One.
Also for students w ho only know
15. D ie D eutsche Romantik .*
16. D ie D eutsche N ovelle Seit G oethe.*
17. M oderne D eutsche Literatur.
A study o f leading German writers o f the twentieth century, including Haupt
mann, Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Kafka.
18. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .*
20. D ie D eutsche K omodie.*
21. K afka
und
Brecht.
A study o f the principal works o f each author with stress on the interpretation
o f major themes and the examination o f literary craftsmanship. Includes con
sideration o f the cultural and social environment in which the works were
written.
30. H erman H esse.
Half-course
A study o f the central themes and the development o f narrative technique in
Hesse’s novels. W orks to be examined w ill include: Knulp, Demian, Siddhartha, D er Steppenwolf, and D ie Morgenlandfahrt. Prerequisite: German
11 or 12, or SAT score o f 650. Primarily for freshmen and sophomores; meets
11/2 class hours per week.
50-51. Colloquium .
Offered from time to time in response to student and faculty interests. Devoted
to an intensive examination o f subjects or topics not covered in the regular
program. Enrollment is limited and subject to departmental approval.
52. Special T opics.
In 1968-69, taught as a combined course for all departmental majors.
the description which appears under French 52.
H
onors
Se m
See
in a r s
(A lso open to advanced students in Course)
103. D eutsches Barock
und
A ufklaerung .
A study o f German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth cen
turies. The lyric poetry o f the period, the mysticism o f Angelus Silesius and
Jakob Bohme, the plays o f Gryphius, and the prose o f Grimmelshausen; a
study o f Lessing.
104. G oethe .
Goethe’s most significant works and his role in German intellectual history will
be studied.
* Also taught as seminars.
141
105. D ie D eutsche Romantik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thinking, and
the arts o f the first third o f the nineteenth century. Authors: Hölderlin,
Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano, Eichendorff.
106. "B iedermeier”
und
"R ealismus.”
Studies in the works or Grillparzer, Mörike, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, and
Storm. Emphasis on the novelle.
107. M oderne Prosa.
The emergence o f modern trends as reflected primarily in the prose works
o f Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, D öblin and Grass.
108. D as D eutsche D rama .
Representative examples o f the dramatic genre in German literature from the
end o f the 18th century to the present.
109. D ie D eutsche K omödie.
Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time w ill be studied in their
own right, as examples o f the genre, and as illustrations o f German intellectual
history.
110. D ie D eutsche N ovelle .
A study o f significant examples o f this typically German genre. Authors:
Goethe, Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann, and
contemporary writers.
111. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
A study o f selected examples o f German poetry.
and content.
112. M odernes D rama und Lyrik des X X .
The interrelation o f form
Jahrhunderts.
The emergence o f modern trends as reflected primarily in the poetic and
dramatic works o f Hauptmann, George, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Trakl, Stern
heim, Benn and Brecht.
Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors.
Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s:
Required:
Russian 11, 12 and 13, or evidence o f equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement.
N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students
wishing to major or minor in Russian should plan their program in consultation
with the Department.
C ourses
N ote : See the explanatory note on language courses numbered 1 through 4
in the introductory departmental statement.
1-2.
Eirst-Y ear Russian.
Year course
For students w ho begin Russian in college. Equivalent to two years of
Russian in secondary school. Normally follow ed by Russian 3, 4; emphasis
on fundamentals o f grammar; readings in literary and expository prose.
1 42
IB, 2B, 3B. First-Y ear Russian (Intensive Course).
For students w ho begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active
command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral
practice and readings in literary and expository prose. Classes and drill ses
sions meet seven and one-half hours per week. Periodic language laboratory
attendance required. Each semester carries one and one-half credits; three
semesters o f work satisfy the language requirement and prerequisites for
intermediate and advanced courses in literature taught in Russian. Recom
mended for students w ho want to progress rapidly and especially for those
with no previous knowledge o f Russian w ho are considering majoring in
Russian. Admission contingent upon satisfactory scores in the Modern Lan
guage Aptitude test or special permission. Normally follow ed by Russian 6
and 12.
3, 4. Second-Y ear Russian.
For students w ho have completed Russian 1-2 or the equivalent as determined
by departmental testing. See Section a of the explanatory note on language
courses in the introductory departmental statement Normally a terminal
course designed to meet the language requirement but exceptionally qualified
students may, with permission, take an appropriate sequential course. Students
w ho complete Russian 4 during the academic year 1968-69 may freely elect
to continue in sections o f 11 or 12.
5, 6. A dvanced Russian.
For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command of
language. Advanced conversation, composition, translation and stylistics. Read
ings o f dramas and newspapers. Conducted in Russian.
11. Introduction
to
Literature.
Classical poetry and short-prose fiction from the end o f the eighteenth
century to 1880. Emphasis on the poetic works o f Pushkin, Lermontov,
Tiutchev, Fet Nekrasov and the short works o f Pushkin, G ogol, Turgenev,
Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. Conducted in Russian with intensive work in
translation and composition.
12. Introduction
to
Literature.
The modern short story and innovations in poetry from 1880 to the present.
Particular emphasis on Chekhov, Bunin, Babel, Solzhenitsyn, Kazakov and
Aksenov and the major twentieth century poets. Conducted in Russian with
oral reports and intensive work in composition.
13. Russian N ovel.
Lectures and reading in English. The Russian majors w ill be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
52. Special T opics.
In 1968-69 taught as a combined course for all departmental majors.
the description which appears under French 52.
H onors Seminars
(O pen to majors in Course.)
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov
103. Pushkin
and
and
G orky .
Lermontov .
104. D ostoevsky.
105. Literature
of the
Soviet Period.
143
See
Spanish
Spanish may be offered as a major in Course or as a major or minor in Honors.
Prerequisites for both Course and Honors students are as follow s:
Required: Spanish 11, 12.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in
discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive
or oral honors examination in Spanish.
N ote : N ot all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students
wishing to major or minor in Spanish should plan their program in consultation
with the department.
C ourses
1A-2A. First-Y ear Spanish .
Year course
For students w ho begin Spanish in college and for those who have had only
one year in high school. Equivalent to two years o f Spanish in high school.
See Section b o f the Explanatory N ote on language courses in the intro
ductory departmental statement. N o credit is given for Spanish l A alone.
Followed by Spanish 3A, 4A.
3A, 4A. Second-Y ear Spanish .
For students who have completed Spanish 1A-2A or the equivalent as de
termined by departmental testing. See section b o f the Explanatory N ote on
language courses in the introductory departmental statement. Completion of
4 A satisfies the language requirement and the prerequisites for intermediate
courses in Spanish, i.e., Spanish 9, 11 or 12.
9. A dvanced Composition
and
D iction .
For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis
is not primarily literary. A n effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and
to improve self-expression in the language both oral and written.
11, 12. I ntroduction
to
Spanish Literature.
Representative texts o f modern Spanish and Latin American writers.
ducted in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
Con
13. El T eatro M oderno.
Plays o f the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Yáñez in Mexico.
15,16. Las O bras D e Cervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. ( A year course giving a thorough study
o f Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
17. La Poesía En El Siglo X X .
A study o f the major poets o f Spain and Latin-America since modernismo.
18. La N ovela En El Siglo X X .
A study o f the major novelists since the Spanish Civil W ar.
19. Poesía, T eatro Y N ovela D el Siglo D e O ro .
Representative authors o f the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes.
144
22. La N ovela en el Siglo X I X . ¡j
Realism and Naturalism in nineteenth century prose fiction. W orks by
Alarcon, Valera, Pérez Galdós, Pardo Bazán, Clarín, Blasco Ibáñez and others.
52. Special T opics
for
Senior M ajors.
In 1968-69, taught as a combined course for all departmental majors.
the description which appear* under French 52.
See
H o n o r s Se m in a r s
101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela En El Siglo X X .
103. Las O bras D e C ervantes.
104. El T eatro M oderno.
105. Poesía, T eatro Y N ovela D el Siglo D e O ro.
106. La Poesía En El Siglo X X .
107. La Literatura D e La Edad M edia.
N ote : Some seminars treat the same subject as the courses, but readings re
quired in both the tests and critical material is more extensive. The work o f a
seminar corresponds to that o f two courses.
1 45
MUSIC
A ssociate Professors: Claudio Spies
Peter G ram Swing , Chairm an
Instructor : James D. Freeman
L ecturer : Paul Lansky
A ssociates in Performance : G ilbert K alish
R obert Smart
Paul Z ukofsky
The study o f music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory,
history and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the under
standing o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses and
seminars train the student to work with musical materials, to understand modes
o f organization in compositions, and to evolve methods ,of musical analysis. History
courses and seminars introduce students to methods o f studying the development of
musical styles and genres, and the relationship o f music to other arts and areas of
thought. Performance is assumed as part o f the training in understanding music
and is included in classroom work. T he Department also encourages its students
to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in
the orchestra, chorus and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and
administers. The Department administers scholarships to assist music majors
w ho are talented instrumentalist or singers finance the cost o f private instruction.
Members also coach individual performers and chamber music groups organized by
the students for Bond concerts and other public performances.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College
with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the Depart
ment and the Dean, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus reducing the normal number
o f courses to be taken per semester.
R equirements
for
M ajors
and
M inors
T w o semester courses in theory are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. Majors
w ill normally take six semester courses (including Music 61-62) in theory, four
semester courses (including Music 15, 16) in history and meet the basic piano
requirement.
Majors in H onors: A student intending to major in Honors should plan to take
Music 11-12, 13-14 and 15, 16 (o r the equivalent) in the first two years. If he
takes all three courses he w ill stand for three papers in music. If he is excused
from one o f the three introductory courses (by demonstrating competence on an
examination given by the Department) he can elect to stand for four papers in
music. H e w ill take Music 61-62 preferably in the junior year in preparation for
a paper on the material covered.
Minors in H onors: A minor in Honors w ill normally stand for two papers
in music. Music 15 or 16 and a full course in Theory, is prerequisite for History
seminars. Music 1 may, with permission o f the department, be substituted for the
Theory course.
Language Requirements fo r Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading
knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work
in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: A ll majors in music w ill be expected to play a
keyboard instrument well enough to perform at sight a two-part invention of
146
J. S. Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata.
By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores,
also vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. Students with exceptional
proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, or in singing, w ill not be
expected to meet the performing standards o f pianists.
T he basic piano program: This program is designed to develop keyboard pro
ficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study,
also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. There are
two classes, one for beginning students, one for advanced students, each meeting
two hours a week. These classes are open to freshmen and sophomores planning
to major in music. N o academic credit is given specifically for basic piano, the
classes being, in effect, laboratories for courses.
Credit
for
Performance
A student w ho has taken Music 1, or Music 11-12 (o r w ho has equivalent
prior training) has the option to receive credit for: ( 1 ) study o f an instrument or
voice, ( 2 ) participation in the Department’ s chamber music coaching program,
(3 ) participation in the Swarthmore College Orchestra, ( 4 ) participation in the
Swarthmore College Chorus. The amount o f credit received w ill normally be a
half-course in any one semester, and w ill generally be granted only to students
participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit
will be given an audition at the beginning o f the semester and w ill fulfill re
quirements established for each activity, i.e. regular attendance at rehearsals and
performances and participation in any supplementary classes held in connection with
the activity. Students w ill be graded on a pass-fail basis.
A student applying for credit for study o f an instrument or voice w ill first dem
onstrate to the Department his ability to undertake such study at least at an
intermediate level. H e w ill arrange to work with a teacher o f his Choice, subject
to approval o f the Department. The Department w ill then supervise the course
of study in any semester for which credit is to be given. T he teacher w ill submit
a written report o f the student’s work at the close o f the semester to be used by the
Department in making its evaluation. The Department may use public performance
or a final audition as additional evidence for evaluating work. The College does
not undertake to pay for instruction; the student is expected to make his own
financial arrangements directly with the teacher.
Courses
and
Seminars
N ote : A ll seminars are open to qualified course students for double credit.
1. Introduction
to M usic.
Mr. Swing.
Mr. Freeman.
Pall semester
Spring semester
A course combining study o f the materials o f music (including fundamentals)
with training in listening and analysis. Students w ill work with a selected
repertory o f compositions from different eras. The course assumes no prior
training in music.
Open to all students. (M usic l cannot be counted in a major program)
Theory and Composition
H -1 2 . H arm ony . Mr. Lansky.
Year course
A course in elementary Harmony. Emphasis w ill be placed on written exercises
along with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference
w ill be made to a variety o f keyboard and chamber compositions which will
be carefully analyzed.
147
13-14. Counterpoint . Mr. Spies.
Year course
A course in strict counterpoint involving the five species, and some mixtures,
in two, three and four-part writing. Students w ill be required to submit
exercises regularly.
N ote : Music 11-12 and 13-14 can be taken concurrently.
6 1-62.
Intermediate
T heory . M r. Lansky.
Fall semester
Spring semester
Mr. Spies.
A continuation o f Music 11-12 and 13-14 covering specialized areas of
harmony, counterpoint and analysis.
Prerequisites: Music 11-12, Music 13-14 (o r the equivalent).
H o n o r s Se m i n a r s
163. A dvanced T heory . Mr. Spies.
181. Composition . Mr. Spies.
Offered as a tutorial to qualified students.
Prerequisite:
Music 61-62.
History of Music
15. Introduction to the H istory of M usic. Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
The history o f music in Western civilization from the M iddle Ages to 1750.
Prerequisite: Music 1 (o r the equivalent).
16. Introduction to the H istory of M usic. Mr. Freeman.
Fall semester
A continuation o f Music 15 covering the period from 1750 to the present.
Prerequisite: Music 1 (o r the equivalent).
22. Contemporary M usic. Mr. Spies.
A n examination o f a selected group o f compositions. Rather than attempt
a survey based on stylistic considerations, or on aesthetic evaluation, the
course w ill deal with the analysis o f individual solutions to common com
positional problems.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12, (o r 13-14).
23. Contemporary O pera . Mr. Spies.
Fall semester
A comparative study o f five operas: Berg’s W ozzeck and Lulu, Schoenberg’s
M oses und Aron and V on H eute auf M orgen, and Stravinsky’s T he Rake’ s
Progress. A reading knowledge o f German is recommended.
Prerequisite:
Music 11-12, (o r 13-14).
27. J. S. Bach . Mr. Swing.
A study o f representative compositions (including the Mass in B minor and
the Passion according to St. M atthew) coordinated with readings in primary
and secondary sources. A reading knowledge o f German is desirable, but
not essential.
Prerequisite: Music 1, (o r 11-12).
40. A nalysis, R esearch, Performance. Mr. Freeman and Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
An examination o f the relevances o f analytical and historical research to
intelligent performance through study o f selected compositions. Ability to
perform instrumentally or vocally is required, though it need not have
reached an exceptionally skilled level.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12, (o r 13-14), or Music 1 plus a course in Music
History.
41. A nalysis, R esearch, Performance.
A continuation o f Music 40 with different content.
148
H o n o r s Se m in a r s
122. Studies
in
T wentieth C entury M usic. Mr. Spies.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 and 13-14.
128. W . A . M ozart . Mr. Swing.
A study o f representative works in the light o f modern style criticism.
reading knowledge o f French or German is desirable.
A
132. H istory of the String Q uartet. Mr. Swing.
This seminar traces the development o f the string quartet from the middle
o f the 18th century to the present through study o f selected quartets by Haydn,
Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms, Bartók, Schoenberg, W ebern, and Carter.
151. M edieval
and
Renaissance M usic. Mr. Swing.
An introduction to the study o f music from the 9th century to the middle
o f the 16th century. Emphasis w ill be placed on analysis o f selected com
positions, related problems in performance practice, the function o f music in
the Catholic liturgy and the relationship o f music to the thought and art of
the times.
152. M u sic
in the
Baroque Era. Mr. Freeman.
Spring semester
A continuation o f Music 151. The emergence o f opera, oratorio and cantata
in Italy and their dissemination over the Continent; the development of
idiomatic instrumental music.
191. T utorial. Staff.
149
PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
P rofessors: M
onroe
C. B eard sley
Jo h n M . M
V
i s it in g
A
s s o c ia t e
oore
P r o f e s s o r : Ed w i n B . A
Professors: D
a n ie l
l l a ir e
Bennett
P. L i n w o o d U r b a n , J r ., A cting Chairman
A
s s is t a n t
P r o f e s s o r s : Pa t r ic k
H ans O
H
enry,
b e r d ie k
III
J
C harles Raff
R i c h a r d Sc h u l d e n f r e i
In s t r u c t o r : U w e H
enke
L e c t u r e r : G i l m o r e St o t T
Philosophy
The study o f philosophy consists in attempts to resolve problems that arise when
one reflects on scientific and common-sense views o f man and the world; the varieties
o f human experience; the extent and nature o f human knowledge; and certain
social, political and moral questions which are o f current concern.
Completion o f tw o semester courses in philosophy is normally requisite for ad
mission to the department as a major in Course or Honors. Philosophy majors are
normally required to complete at least one course or its equivalent in the fields of
Logic, History o f Ancient and Modern Philosophy, and Moral or Social Philosophy.
In addition, philosophy majors normally are required to elect course 52 in their
senior year. Majors are encouraged to submit a thesis.
1. Introduction
to
Philosophy . The staff.
Each semester
Methods o f philosophical investigation are introduced through discussion of
typical philosophical problems, such as: the problem o f freedom, the argu
ments for the existence o f G od, the nature o f logic and mathematics, the
sources and limits o f human knowledge, the justification o f moral judgments.
Readings include classical and current sources.
N ote : Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite for all other philosophy
courses except Logic.
11. Ethics. M r. Stott.
Each semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of
their justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works o f leading ethical
philosophers, both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations
o f the major theories.
12. Logic. Mr. Henke.
Spring semester
A n introduction to the principles o f deductive logic with equal emphasis on
the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. Topics include the
notions o f logical truth, logical consequence, and proof. Some attention is
given to the development o f axiomatic theories and selected topics in the
philosophy o f logic.
t
Absent on leave, 196 8-69.
150
13. Selected M odern Philosophers. Mr. Allaire.
Spring semester
A history o f modern philosophy is presented through the metaphysical and
epistemological problems common to Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume and Kant. One or more of these philosophers may, be
selected for separate, detailed examination.
14. A ncient Philosophy . Mr. Henke.
Fall semester
The philosophy o f Plato and Aristotle is emphasized together with treatment
o f the pre-Socratics as background. Primary attention is given to metaphysical
and epistemological issues.
15. Philosophy of Science. Mr. Schuldenfrei.
Fall semester
The focus o f the course is on recent systematic attempts to solve certain major
and related problems concerning science. Am ong these problems are dis
tinguishing scientific from non-scientific bases for the acceptance or rejection
o f claims, determining the proper field for scientific inquiry, and determining
the foundation o f scientific knowledge.
16. P hilosophy of R eligion. Mr. M oore.
Spring semester
See Religion 16.
17. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
Fall semester
A study o f some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evaluating
aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Am ong these prob
lems are the clarification o f such terms as "form ,” "style,” and "meaning,”
an examination o f current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the
general theory o f signs, and the analysis o f the reasoning by which value
judgments about aesthetic objects are supported and defended.
18. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
Philosophical problems that arise in the application o f scientific methods to
human behavior; i.e., problems concerning concepts, laws, theories, values,
explanation and prediction in the social sciences and history; and the dif
ferences and similarities between social and natural science.
19. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
See Religion 19.
20. Religion, Existentialism
and
A nalytical Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
See Religion 20.
21. Social and Political Philosophy . Mr. Bennett.
Fall semester
A n analysis o f conceptual and moral problems that socio-political life poses
for many. Am ong the problems studied are the relation of ethics to political/
social philosophy; the justification o f democracy; the nature and basis of
political obligation, political freedom, equality, rights, justice, and social
institutions.
22. Philosophy in A merica. Mr. Oberdiek.
Spring semester
A critical examination o f thinkers representative of the major philosophic
traditions in America, with special emphasis on Peirce, James, and Dewey.
The primary aim is to understand and evaluate the philosophic worth o f their
views; some attention is also given to their relation to American culture.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
23. Contemporary Philosophy . Mr. Raff.
Fall semester
A study o f current attempts to resolve fundamental philosophical issues.
Readings include articles and books by major 20th century philosophers, such
as G. E. M oore, Bertrand Russell, and Ludwig Wittgenstein.
1 51
24. T heory of K nowledge. Mr. Allaire.
Fall semester
Current epistemological issues and some metaphysical issues which underlie
them are treated in detail. Readings include classical and current sources.
25. A dvanced Logic. Mr. Henke.
Spring semester
Topics include selected problems in deductive logic, detailed development of
principles o f inductive logic and the logic o f decision.
26. Philosophy of Language.
Fall semester
Topics include the role o f investigation o f natural and artificial languages in
the solution o f philosophical problems; investigation into the conceptual
framework necessary to any adequate theory o f ordinary language; relationships
between natural and formal languages; recent attempts to found linguistics on
a scientific basis.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
27. M etaphysics. Mr. Bennett.
Spring semester
The classical topics o f metaphysics, addressed as ¿urrent philosophical issues.
50. D irected Reading. The staff.
Each semester
51. T hesis. The staff.
Each semester
52. Senior Conference . Mr. Schuldenfrei.
Spring semester
H onors Seminars
101. M oral Philosophy . Mr. Oberdiek.
Fall semester
A n examination o f the principal theories about value and moral obligation,
and o f their justification; o f the concepts o f justice and human rights; o f the
implications for ethics o f different theories about the freedom o f the will.
W orks o f representative theorists, both classical and contemporary, w ill be read.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
102. A ncient Philosophy . Mr. Henke.
Fall semester
The development o f Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science,
with special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing
the emergence o f distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the
relation o f these methods to contemporary techniques.
103. M odern Philosophy . M r. Raff.
Fall semester
Metaphysical and epistemological problems about the nature o f minds and
bodies, the varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are approached through the
philosophical systems of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume,
Reid, Kant.
104. Contemporary Philosophy . Mr. Raff.
Spring semester
Some current philosophical problems are investigated in light o f the work
o f Bradley, M oore, Wittgenstein, and the most recent contributions.
105. Philosophy of Science. Mr. Schuldenfrei.
Spring semester
A consideration o f the nature o f scientific inquiry through a study o f its
fundamental concepts, among them theory, evidence, explanation, causation,
induction. Emphasis w ill also be given to the distinctions between empirical
and non-empirical science and between scientific and non-scientific inquiry.
106. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
A systematic examination o f the philosophy o f art and the methodological
foundations o f criticism. (See course 1 7 ). Recommended for students of
literature, music and the fine arts.
152
107. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. Mr. Beardsley.
Fall semester
Philosophical problems that arise in the application o f scientific methods to
human behavior (see Course 1 8 ). The discussion w ill focus on the nature
o f human action.
108A. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Schuldenfrei.
Fall semester
A n examination o f symbolic logic as ( 1 ) the theory o f inference, ( 2 ) a tool
o f analysis, and ( 3 ) a foundation for mathematics. Emphasis w ill be placed
on the fundamental concepts (e.g., the axiomatic method, consistency, decid
ability), major theorems (completeness and incompleteness), and problems
o f the foundation of logic.
(N ote:
108B.
Students w ho have taken 108B may not take this seminar.)
Foundations
and
Philosophy
of
M athematics. Mr. Schuldenfrei and
Mr. di Franco.
This seminar w ill begin with a brief survey o f the major results in founda
tions o f mathematics: axiomatic development o f symbolic logic and set theory,
G odel incompleteness theorem, consistency and independence o f the axiom o f
choice and the continuum hypothesis. This w ill be follow ed by a comparison
o f the logicist, formalist and intuitionist views o f the foundations o f mathe
matics.
(N o te : This seminar is offered jointly by the Departments o f Philosophy and
Mathematics. Students w ho have taken 108A may not take this seminar.)
Prerequisites: one course in philosophy and Mathematics 14 or equivalent
work with axiomatic mathematics.
N ot offered in 1968-69-
109. M etaphysics. Mr. Bennett.
Fall semester
Some current metaphysical problems are selected for detailed investigation.
110. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
See Religion 110.
111. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. Bennett.
Spring semester
Current techniques o f philosophical analysis are brought to bear on the
philosophical issues raised by religious belief and experience.
112. Philosophy of M ind. Mr. Allaire.
Spring semester
The nature and variety of experience is examined with an end to discovering
what is peculiar to human experience and to the objects o f human experience,
the nature o f judgment and o f persons, the relations between minds and
bodies.
120. T hesis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one
Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the
department.
Religion
The academic discipline o f religion consists o f several methodologies applied to
a broad subject matter. Understanding o f religion is achieved by philosophical,
historical, literary, and sociological analysis o f religious experience, thought, texts,
rites and ceremonies, institutions. Department offerings are designed to provide
illustrations o f the various ways in which religion can be studied in an academic
setting.
Any course numbered 3 through 6 may be taken as an introduction to the field, and
successful completion o f one o f these w ill normally be required for admission to
153
courses numbered 11 and above. The normal prerequisite for religion as a Course
major, or an Honors major or minor, w ill be completion o f two courses. For ad
vanced work in some areas o f religion, foreign language facility w ill be very useful,
especially French and German. For advanced work in biblical studies and early
Christian history, knowledge o f one o f the ancient languages— Greek, Latin, Hebrew
— w ould also be useful.
W h ile the department itself intends to provide a good introduction to the study
o f religion and a chance for some advanced work as well, the attention o f majors
is also called to relevant offerings in the departments o f philosophy, history, sociology
and anthropology, and fine arts, and to courses reflecting other scholarly specialties
in departments o f religion at neighboring institutions, particularly the University of
Pennsylvania and Haverford College.
3. Introduction to the O ld T estament. Mr. Henry.
Fall semester
The literature and history of the people o f Israel. Early traditions, the
law and the prophets, the emergence o f Judaism. Primary emphasis w ill be
on developing familiarity with the text.
4.
Introduction
to the
N ew T estament . Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
The literature and history o f early Christianity. The formation o f the gospels,
the life and teachings o f Jesus, the Christian movement in the apostolic age,
with special attention to the theology o f Paul. Primary emphasis w ill be on
developing familiarity with the text.
3. H istory
of
Religions. Mr. M oore.
Fall semester
A n historical and comparative study o f the w orld’ s religions: primitive re
ligions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress
w ill be placed upon the ethical and philosophical teaching o f these religions
and their role in the interaction o f modern cultures. Comparisons and con
trasts w ill be made between these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
6. Problems of Religious T hought . Mr. Urban.
Each semester
The purpose o f this course is to study various answers to the chief religious
problems o f the 20th century. Problems include: faith and reason, the
existence o f G od, religion and morality, science and religion, and the prob
lem o f evil. Answers include those given by Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann,
Soren Kierkegaard, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich and others. The student
is encouraged to find his own answers and to work out his ow n religious
beliefs. This course was formerly listed as Problems o f Christianity Today.
11. H istory of Christianity to the Fifth C entury . Mr. Henry.
Fall semester
The development o f Christian thought and institutions from the end o f the
first century to the Council o f Chalcedon (A .D . 4 5 1 ). Subjects covered will
include major thinkers, doctrinal development and dogmatic definition, heresy,
church and empire, ecclesiastical organization, sacraments, councils, beginnings
o f monasticism.
12. Christianity Since the R eformation . Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
Each year this course is offered it w ill view the major developments in
Christianity since the 16th century from a particular perspective. For 1969-70
the perspective w ill be that o f the history o f Roman Catholicism from the
Council o f Trent to the Second Vatican Council.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
16. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. M oore.
Spring semester
The nature o f religion; the psychology and interpretation o f religious ex
perience; the problem o f religious knowledge; thè validity and difficulties of
Christian theology and ethics! (A lso listed as Philosophy 16.)
154
18. T he Reformation . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
A study o f the rise and development o f the Protestant Reformation during the
16th century; its history and thought with special attention to the work and
thought o f Luther and Calvin.
19. M edieval Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the 15th century. Attention w ill
be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology
and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although
the primary emphasis w ill be historical, attention w ill be given to the con
temporary relevance of medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy 19.)
20. Religion, Existentialism ,
A nalytical Philosophy . Mr. Urban.
and
A study o f the tw o most influential philosophical movements o f the 20th
century and their impact on religious thought. A m ong analytical philosophers
attention w ill be given to the writings o f R. B. Braithwaite, R. M . Hare,
John Hick, Alasdair MacIntyre and John W isdom . Am ong existentialists the
writings o f Rudolph Bultmann, Martin Heidegger, John Macquarrie and Paul
Tillich w ill be read. Lectures, discussion and reports. (A lso listed as
Philosophy 20.)
N ot offered in 1968-69.
21. Studies
in
O ld T estament . Mr. Henry.
A n advanced course in some special topic in O ld Testament, which may vary
from year to year.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
22. Studies in N ew T estament . Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
A n advanced course in some special subject in N ew Testament, which may
vary from year to year. Subject for 1968-69: Luke-Acts as a source for
Christian history in the apostolic age.
23. Studies in H istory of Christianity . Mr. Henry.
A n advanced course in some special topic in history o f Christianity, which
may vary from year to year. Probable subject for 1969-70: The Era of
Justinian (6th century).
N ot offered in 1968-69.
24. Studies in H istory of Religions. Mr. M oore.
A n advanced course in some special area o f history o f religions.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
25. R eligious Classics. Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
A n advanced course in the study o f one or two great religious thinkers. Sub
ject for 1968-69: Martin Buber.
H istory 37. A merican Religious T hought . Mr. Tolies.
Spring semester
The course o f religious thought in the colonies and the United States, with
appropriate reference to general intellectual history and American church
history.
H istory 38. Q uakerism. Mr. Tolies.
The history o f the Society o f Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas o f the Quakers are considered in their historical
setting.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
1 55
51. Special T opics.
From time to time special topics may be offered as courses at the discretion
o f the faculty or as a result o f sufficient student interest.
52. T hesis.
Majors in religion are strongly encouraged to write a thesis as a part of
their program.
53. D irected Reading.
54. Senior Conference . Mr. Urban, Mr. M oore and Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
A colloquium for majors in the second semester o f the senior year. The
conference is not designed specifically for preparation for the comprehen
sive examination; rather, opportunity w ill be given for discussion o f topics of
interest to members o f the colloquium.
H o n o r s Se m i n a r s
101. T he O ld T estament. Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
A general introduction to major issues in O ld Testament interpretation,
follow ed by detailed investigations o f particular subjects, chosen as far as
possible on the basis o f an individual student’ s interests, and leading to the
production o f a substantial research paper. Discussions are designed to fa
miliarize the entire seminar with each student’s special project.
N o t offered in 1968-69.
102. T he N ew T estament. Mr. Henry.
Spring semester
The N ew Testament dealt with according to the format outlined for the
O ld Testament in Religion 101.
103. Early Christianity. Mr. Henry.
Vail semester
A study o f the development o f Christian thought and institutions from the
end o f the first century to the Council o f Chalcedon (A .D . 4 5 1 ). Specific
subjects covered w ill depend on the students’ interests. Am ong topics which
might be considered are church and empire, missionary expansion, episcopacy,
sacraments and liturgy, councils, doctrinal development and dogmatic defini
tion, heresy, beginnings o f monasticism. Greek and/or Latin, as well as
French and German, w hile not required, can be employed extensively.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
104. Christian D ivisions East and W est. Mr. Henry.
Vail semester
This seminar is part o f a large project, which is a study o f the doctrinal,
cultural, political, and ecclesiastical factors that caused divergence between
Greek and Latin Christianity, and led to eventual schism. The specific subject
matter w ill vary from year to year. For 1968-69 this seminar w ill deal with
Origen and Augustine as sources and illustrations o f the special characteristics
o f Greek and Latin theology.
105. T he Idea of G od in "Western T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
A n examination w ill be made o f writings which have contributed most to
Western concepts o f G od. The study w ill include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible,
Athanasius, Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher,
Rudolf Otto, John Baillie and others.
106. Contemporary Religious Philosophers. Mr. Urban.
Vail semester
The seminar w ill concentrate on representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These w ill include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph
Bultmann, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
156
110. M edieval Philosophy .. Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the 15th century. Attention w ill
be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology
and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham.
Although primary emphasis w ill be historical, attention w ill be paid to the
contemporary relevance o f medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy 110.)
111. Philosophy of Religion. Mr. Bennett.
Spring semester
(See Philosophy 111.)
120. T hesis.
Honors candidates are strongly urged to write a thesis as preparation for one
o f their papers.
157
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN
P r o f e s s o r : E d w i n J. F a u l k n e r
D
ir e c t o r
A
A t h l e t ic s
of
s s o c ia t e
and
Pro fesso r: W
P h y s ic a l
il l is
Ed u c a t io n
A
s s o c ia t e
P r o f e s s o r : L e w is H . E l v e r s o n
A
s s is t a n t
Professor: G o m e r D
In s t r u c t o r : D
A
s s is t a n t s :
oug las
eam
en
eiss
Ed w a r d H . A y res
Ja m e s J. M
R obert M
J. D . H o f f s t e i n
Ja m e s W . N
Ja m e s W . L u k e n s , Jr .
Jo h n P . U d o v i c h
Ja y S. M
R ic h a r d W
acD ow ell
Ph y s ic ia n : D
r.
r.
H
M
and
a v ie s
B r o o k e P. C o t t m a n
C o l l e g e P h y s ic i a n : D
T
M. W
M
for
J. St e t s o n
o r r is
arold
cA doo
cCoach
oyes
r ig h t
A . B o w ie
C. Ro xby
The course in M en’s Physical Education is designed to.acquaint each participant
with both team and individual sports. The value o f team play is developed while
emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy
after graduation. Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise,
also becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., o f the various
sports and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many o f these activities there are contests arranged
fo r junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of
men to engage in intercollegiate competition.
Fa c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s
Physical education is required o f all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores
unless excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students
must attend a minimum o f three classes per week.
A ll men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this
requirement. A semester’ s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the
Junior year. N o man with a deficiency in physical education is permitted to enter
his Senior year.
Fa l l A
Adapted Physical Education
fAquatics
t Archery
Badminton
* Cross Country
c t iv it ie s
fF olk Dance
* Football
tG o lf
fM odern Dance
* * Soccer*
* Intercollegiate competition only.
** Intercollegiate competition and course instruction,
t Some co-ed sections.
158
t Tennis
Touch Football
Track
W i n t e r I a n d I I A c t iv it ie s
Adapted Physical Education
tAquatics
fBadminton
** Basketball
fF olk Dance
•¡■Modern Dance
* Swimming
tTennis
Sp r i n g A
Adapted Physical Education
fAquatics
♦Baseball
♦♦tG olf *
t Volleyball
W eight Training
** Wrestling
c t iv it ie s
♦Lacrosse
fM odern Dance
Softball
* Intercollegiate competition only.
** Intercollegiate competition and course instruction,
t Some co-ed sections.
♦♦fTennis
♦♦Track
fVolleyball
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN
A ssociate Professors: Eleanor K. H ess, C hairm an
Irene M oll
A ssistant Professor: M ary A n n Y oung
Lecturers : Patricia Boyer
Janice Fellman
College Physician : D r . M orris A. B owie
The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the education o f all women
students through the medium o f physical activity. W e believe this contribution
can best be achieved through participation in a broad program o f sports, dance
and developmental activities. The program provides: instruction and experience
in sports and dancing; swimming instruction on all levels; corrective and develop
mental exercises. It is our hope that the student w ill also acquire: appreciation of
the dance as an art form ; good sportsmanship; added endurance ; good posture;
leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a program o f interests and skills
that w ill carry over for her after college, so she may become a useful part o f her
community.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped
where possible according to ability. Am ple opportunities are given for intramural
and intercollegiate competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods o f activity each week. These may be
elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming until a
test is passed; take a dance activity; take a team sport; take an individual sport;
and take developmental gymnastics if the posture grade or motor skill test indicates
a need fo r it.
In addition to the departmental requirements, the faculty regulations state the
follow ing: " I f any semester’ s work o f the first two years is failed, it shall be
repeated in the junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter her senior year
with a deficiency in physical education.”
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this
purpose w ill be sent out from the Office o f the Dean to all incoming students.
A ctivities
Fall and Spring
A rchery.*
Class and Varsity.
W inter
Badminton .
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Basketball.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Bowling .
Class.
Fall, W in ter and Spring
Conditioning Exercises.
Winter
D evelopmental M ovement .
Required o f all first-year students whose posture grade or motor ability test
indicates a need for it.*
* Co-ed classes.
160
Fencing.
Folk
and
W inter
Square D ancing .*
Fall, W inter and Spring
Class and Performance Group.
G olf .*
Pall and ¡Spring
Class.
H ockey.
Fall
Class and Varsity.
Lacrosse.
Spring
Class and Varsity.
M odern D ance .*
Fall, W inter and Spring
Class and Performance Group. Open to men students.
Soccer.
W inter
Class.
Softball.
Spring
Class and Varsity.
Fall, W inter and Spring
Sw i m m i n g .
Beginning, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving. Class and
Varsity.
American Red Cross Life Saving and W ater Safety. (U pon successful com
pletion o f these courses, American Red Cross certificates w ill be awarded.)
T ennis.
Fall, W inter and Spring
Class and Varsity.
V olleyball.*
Fall and W inter
Class and Varsity.
W ater Ballet .*
Fall and Spring
Class and Performance Group.
* Co-ed classes.
161
PHYSICS
Pro fesso r: W
A
s s o c ia t e
il l ia m
C. E l m o r e
Professo rs:
O
l e x a -M y r o n
M
ark
A. H
Pa u l C . M
A
A
s s is t a n t
lburt
Bil a n iu k
eald,
Chairm an
angelsdorf,
Jr . f
M . R osenberg
P r o f e s s o r s : Jo h n R . B o c c io
Cyrus D. Ca n tr e ll
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics,
endeavors to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well
as in the advanced work o f the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative,
analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition o f facts and skills. The
introductory course makes no pretense o f covering all material o f interest to
physicists, but rather comprises a selection o f topics which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study o f topics
covered at the introductory level, and o f many phases o f modern physics which
require a considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses
and seminars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics
is primarily an experimental science. Honors candidates taking physics seminars
accompanied by laboratory work must submit their laboratory notebooks to the
visiting examiners for their inspection.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
ajo r s a n d
M in o r s
Students w ho intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry
In addition
they should complete Mathematics 12 or 16 by the end o f their sophomore year.
In view o f graduate school requirements and o f the extensive literature o f physics
in German and Russian, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill bis
language requirement in one o f these languages. Satisfactory work in Physics
1, 2 or its equivalent is prerequisite for all further work in the department, and
Chemistry 2 or 4 is a prerequisite for Physics 112 and 114.
Honors students majoring in physics normally take Physics 102, 106, 112, in
that order, and Mathematics 51, 52, and 104. Physics 114 or a second mathematics
seminar is encouraged but not required. Other seminars and courses in the program
may be chosen to meet the interests- o f the student. Normally a student will
present four papers in physics and two in mathematics to the visiting examiners.
Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way o f preparing for graduate or
other professional work in physics or mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself
an effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an under
standing o f fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of
information, skills, and techniques in a limited segment o f science.
Course students majoring in physics normally complete the follow ing courses in
their junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Chemistry 61, 62; and Physics
51, 52, 54, 71, 72. It is recommended that Physics 60 or additional work in en
gineering or chemistry be included in the program o f course students who intend to
do graduate work in physics. This program provides a well-rounded study of
physics, and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers
1, 2 in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year.
t Absent on leave, 1968-69.
1 62
the student the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division o f the Natural
Sciences. It should also meet the needs o f those who wish to teach science in
secondary school.
Secondary school sudents w ho are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore
are strongly encouraged to complete four years o f mathematics and a minimum o f
two years o f either German or Russian, or French if neither o f these is available.
1, 2. G eneral Physics. Mr. Boccio, Mr. Heald, and Staff.
A n introductory course in basic physics. During the first semester special
emphasis is placed on mechanics, conservation principles, harmonic motion,
wave motion and heat. During the second semester the topics include basic
concepts in electricity and :magnetism, direct current circuits, alternating
current circuits, optics and modern physics. This course, or its equivalent,
must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required of
most science majors. Three lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: First Year Mathematics taken concurrently, or adequate prepara
tion in mathematics.
-7, 8. Concepts and T heories in Physical Science. Mr. Rosenberg.
The first semester consists in an analysis o f motion leading to the Newtonian
synthesis, the conservation laws o f physics, the development o f an atomic
theory o f matter, the periodic table o f elements, and the kinetic theory o f gases.
The second semester considers the evolution o f modern physics: physical
properties o f light, aspects o f relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory
o f light, certain electrical phenomena, atomicity o f charge, Bohr’s model of
the atom, radioactivity, elementary particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear
energy, stellar energy.
This course is designed as a terminal course in physical science to meet
the needs o f non-science majors and fulfills the group 1 distribution require
ment. It is not intended to fulfill the physics requirement o f medical schools,
and cannot be used as a prerequisite for further work in the Division o f the
Natural Sciences.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
10. T opics
in
Biophysics- Mr. Rosenberg.
Spring semester
Applications o f physical tools and analysis to living systems. Emphasis w ill
be at the subcellular level o f integration. The course is intended for physical
science, mathematics, and engineering students. Previous biological training
is not required. Three lectures per week. In lieu o f laboratory work, visits
w ill be made to nearby biophysical laboratories..
11,12. M echanics
and
W ave M otion . Mr. Cantrell and Mr. Elmqre.
Particle and rigid body mechanics with an introduction to advanced dynamics.
Elastic waves and wave motion. Interference and diffraction phenomena.
Considerable emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and
extend the subject matter, and to foster the students’ ability to work in
dependently. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics taken concurrently.
51,52. M odern Physics. Mr. Bilaniuk, Mr. Boccio and Mr. Cantrell.
A selection o f topics including special relativity; quantum theory with
applications to atomic structure, and solid-state physics; nuclear and highenergy physics. Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly. Open to
seniors only.
Prerequisite: Second Year Mathematics and consent o f the instructor.
1 63
54. T hermal Physics. M r. M angelsdorf.
Continuum properties o f matter and o f thermal energy. Thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics o f mechanical, chemical, electrical and magnetic systems.
Entropy, fluctuation theory, irreversible thermodynamics. Brownian motion,
diffusion theory, transport processes. Three lectures and one conference
section weekly.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
Prerequisite:
Second Year Mathematics.
58. Q uantum M echanics.
Spring semester
Review o f classical mechanics. The postulates o f quantum mechanics; the
Schrodinger equation; the uncertainty principle. Applications to the harmonic
oscillator, square w ell potential problems and the hydrogen atom. Perturba
tion theory; transition probabilities; electron spin and the Pauli exclusion
principle; selected applications. This course develops further the concepts
and methods o f quantum mechanics, treated at an introductory level in
Physics 51.
Prerequisite:
Physics 51.
60. Special Project . Staff.
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisition o f knowledge and skills
that w ill be useful in future research. The project w ill involve development
o f apparatus and the performance o f an experiment o f contemporary significance
in physics. A n oral and written report w ill be presented to the instructor.
61. D irected Reading. Staff.
This course is to provide an opportunity for individual students to do
special work in fields not covered by the undergraduate courses listed above.
W eekly topics and problems w ill be assigned, and the student w ill present
oral and written reports to the instructor.
71. Circuit T heory . Mr. McCrumm.
Fall semester
Transient and steady-state analysis o f electric circuits and networks with
emphasis on Laplace and Fourier methods and s-plane interpretation. Net
work topology, equilibrium equations, theorems, network functions and their
properties. Energy in electric networks. Introduction to synthesis.
Three ¿lass periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 12.
72. Electromagnetic T heory .
Spring semester
Application o f M axwell’s equations. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic,
dielectric and conducting bodies. Forces, motion and energy storage. Field
basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave-guides, transmission
lines and antennas.
Three class periods and a laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 12.
H onors Seminars
102. Electricity and M agnetism . Mr. Heald.
Fall semester
Classical electrodynamics, covering static and dynamic electricity, magnetism
and electromagnetism, with some electronics. Laboratory measurements in
direct and alternating currents and in magnetism, together with fundamental
experiments in electronics.
Prerequisites: Second Year Mathematics, and Physics 11, 12.
164
106.
A tomic
and
N uclear Physics. M r. Bilaniuk.
Spring semester
Special theory o f relativity. Wave-particle duality. Introduction to wave
mechanics, the hydrogen atom, structure and spectra o f many-electron atoms.
Elements o f solid state physics. Properties and systematics o f nuclei, nuclear
reactions, nuclear forces and models. Introduction to fundamental particles,
their symmetries and inter-actions. The accompanying laboratory includes
basic experiments in atomic and nuclear physics.
Prerequisite: Physics 102, or equivalent preparation in the Honors program
in Engineering Sciences.
112. Radiation
and
Statistical Physics. Mr. Elmore.
Fall semester
Free and guided electromagnetic waves, with particular emphasis on waves in
the microwave, optical, and X -ray regions. The velocity o f electromagnetic
waves and the four-vector formulation o f the special theory o f relativity.
Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Thermal radiation, and quantum
statistics with applications. Accompanied by a full-day laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 4, and Physics 106.
114. Q uantum M echanics. Mr. Cantrell and Mr. Boecio.
Spring semester
Advanced classical dynamics. Classical vs. quantum physics, correspondence
principle. Heisenberg’s and Schrôdinger’ s versions o f quantum mechanics.
Observables and quantum mechanical operators. Eigenfunctions and eigen
values. Approximation methods. Identical particles and spin. Scattering
and the Born approximation. Quantum mechanics o f the nucleon-nucleon
interaction and nuclear structure. Accompanied by experimental and computa
tional projects.
Prerequisite: Physics 112.
1 65
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professors: J. Roland Pennock , Chairman
Charles E. G ilbert }
D avid G. Smith
A ssistant Professors: R aymond F. H opkins
Robert O. K eohane J
Richard W . M ansbach
Instructor : Paul Lutzker
L ecturers: Frederick A. H argadon
N annerl O. H enry
Courses and seminars offered by the Political Science Department deal with the
place o f politics in society and contribute to an understanding o f the purposes, or
ganization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and international. For the
beginning student, the Department offers a general introduction to the nature of
politics, to its major institutions and moving forces, and to the key concepts of the
discipline, follow ed by a more detailed examination o f these elements in a particular
institutional setting. In appropriate places throughout the curriculum, attention is
focused on problems o f change (evolutionary and revolutionary), freedom and
authority, war and peace— and to the development o f political institutions that
are responsive to the needs o f our day. For those w ho become majors and for others
w ho take additional work in political science, courses are provided that w ill permit
giving special attention to political theory, comparative political systems, politics
and government in the United States, and international relations.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
for
M ajors
Political Science 1, follow ed by Political Science 2, 3, or 4, is prerequisite to all
other work in the Department, except that students wishing a one semester terminal
course providing some knowledge o f and insight into a particular field may take
Political Science 2, 3, or 4 without prerequisite. Students w ho intend to major
in political science should take the introductory course during the freshman year
if possible. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course (Political Science 5 4 ),
is required o f all majors. Course majors must take Course 60-61.
Program
in
International R elations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated
in the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students w ho wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this exam
ination should take eight, nine, or ten courses from among those listed below,
including all o f those listed in G roup I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III. A thesis or other form o f independent work is strongly recomt Absent on leave, 1968-69.
166
mended. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chair
men o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the
Chairmanship o f the Department o f Political Science.
Group I
Political Science 4— International Politics
Political Science 13— International Law and Organization
Political Science 14— American Foreign Policy
Political Science 63— Advanced International Politics
Economics 60— International Economics
Group II
Economics 11— Economic Development
History 25— Modern Russia
History 30— American Diplomatic History
History 40— Africa
History 42— The Expansion o f Europe
History 44, 45— The Far East
History 46— Asian Nationalisms
Group III
Economics 61— Comparative Economic Systems
Political Science 3— Comparative Politics
Political Science 18— Politics o f Developing Nations
Political Science 19— Comparative Communist Politics
Political Science 21— Politics o f Africa
Political Science 55— Modern Political Theory
Political Science 64— Topics in International Relations
Students w ho plan to enter the Honors program w ill find it possible to select a
similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman o f their prospec
tive major department.
C ourses
1. Introduction
to
Political Science. Staff.
F a l l s e m e s te r
A study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving forces o f politics,
combined with some consideration o f the analytical tools and methods o f
the discipline. The works o f major historical figures in the development of
political ideas and o f contemporary political scientists w ill be read. Except
as noted below, this course is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the
Department. Credit is given for this course only when combined with Politi
cal Science 2, 3, or 4.
2. Policy-M aking
in
A merica. Staff.
S p r i n g s e m e s te r
Consideration o f basic elements o f American national politics, and o f ways
o f defining and explaining the functions and results o f American politics.
M ajor attention w ill be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior
and opinion formation, legislation and presidential leadership.
3. Comparative Politics. Staff.
S p r i n g s e m e s te r
An introduction to the theory o f comparative politics, and to the data used
in comparing political systems. M ajor attention w ill be given to Great Britain,
India, France, and the USSR. The course w ill focus on political culture, the
party system, and the legislative and executive institutions o f the central
government.
167
Spring semester
4. International Politics. Staff.
An introduction to the analysis o f the contemporary international system and
its evolution since 1945. The course w ill consider the foreign policies of
major powers and their interaction, contemporary forces influencing the
nature o f international relations, and the role o f ideologies. Various ap
proaches to w orld order, such as diplomacy, collective security, disarmament
and w orld government w ill be considered.
11. Problems
in
Community G overnment . Mr. Lutzker.
Spring semester
The social, economic, and legal setting o f local government. Politics and
administration at state and local levels. Problems o f federalism and metro
politan areas. The course emphasizes special research projects, such as field
work in nearby communities.
13. International L aw and O rganization . Mr. Keohane.
Alternate years, spring semester
A n analysis o f international law and organization in the context o f the inter
national political system. Special attention w ill be given to the political
process o f the United Nations and to its accomplishments, “limitations, and
prospects. The course w ill also consider the relations between international
politics and international law, and the theory and practice of regionalism.
14. A merican Foreign P olicy.
Mr. Keohane or M r. Mansbach.
Alternate years, fall semester
The problem o f defining the objectives o f American foreign policy and of
selecting the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American
strategies in w orld politics; the influence o f internal and external conditions
on the making o f foreign policy; the effects o f American policies in crucial
areas o f the world.
18. Politics of D eveloping N ations . Mr. Hopkins.
Fall semester
A n examination o f theories o f political modernization and their various
applications to developing societies, including examples from Asia, Africa,
and Latin America. A m ong the questions to be studied are the nature and
causes o f social change, psychological, sociological, and economic factors
affecting political development and the relative role o f leadership, ideology,
and social structure in shaping the political process.
19. Comparative Communist Politics. Mr. Hargadon.
Spring semester
A comparative study o f the political organization o f the Soviet Union, China,
and the Eastern European states, with emphasis on the Party structure, state
bureaucracy, policy formation, and political communication.
21. Politics of A frica. M r. Hopkins.
Spring semester
The analysis o f political processes in a variety o f African states, including a
brief examination o f traditional systems, the colonial situation and the rise
o f independence movements, and an analysis o f contemporary political
patterns.
51. P ublic A dministration . M r. Gilbert or Mr. Smith.
Alternate years, fall semester
A n analysis o f policy-making and administration in modern governments
with illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government of
the United States and with particular reference to recent developments.
Problems o f administrative organization, conduct o f regulatory and mana
gerial activities, financial administration, personnel, public relations, admin
istrative law, politics and administration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
168
Fall semester
52. A merican Constitutional La w . Mr. Smith.
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both
historically and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas o f Constitutional
development emphasized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial review;
federalism and the scope o f national pow er; civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
53. A merican Party Politics. M r. Lutzker.
Alternate years, jail semester
A n historical and functional analysis o f American political parties. The
study o f interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems
and representation, the legislative process.
54. Political T heory : P lato to M ontesquieu. Mrs. Henry or Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The development o f political thought based on the work o f the chief political
philosophers from Plato to Montesquieu. The course w ill consider classical,
medieval, and early modern theories concerning: the sources o f authority
and obedience; the origins and functioning o f the polity; the role o f law in
government; the relationship between the state and the individual; and
the character o f the good state.
Open to sophomores planning to take the "M odern and Analytical” version
o f the Political Theory honors seminar; otherwise to juniors and seniors
only, except by special arrangement.
55. M odern Political T heory . Mrs. Henry or Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
Political theory from Rousseau to the present. Special attention w ill be given
to the development o f liberalism, socialism, democratic theory, and the socio
logical theories o f politics. Authors studied include Rousseau, Burke,
Tocqueville, Marx, and J. S. M ill, as well as other nineteenth- and twentiethcentury authors.
56. Jurisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological and philo
sophical approach to legal theory; the nature o f the judicial process; key
problems o f jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of
American constitutional law.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
59. M arxism . Mr. Smith.
H alf course, jail semester
A study o f Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is
placed on the works o f Marx, Lenin, and M ao Tse-tung. In addition, some
attention is devoted to the background o f Marxist thought as well as to
influential derivatives o f Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples
o f contemporary Marxist theory are also considered.
60-61. Special T opics in Political Science. Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors.
By means o f papers and assigned readings it covers aspects o f political science
not elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate ma
terials studied previously.
62. Political Sociology. Mr. Gilbert.
Spring semester
The relations o f politics to basic social structures, processes, and traditions.
Study o f problems, concepts, and theories about politics viewed as human
behavior. The specific topics w ill vary from year to year.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
169
63. A dvanced International Politics. Mr. Keohane.
Alternate years, jail semester
A theoretical approach to the abiding and changing patterns o f relations
among states and the various factors that affect them, drawing both on
classical and contemporary writings. The contemporary international system
w ill be subjected to a detailed analysis.
Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
64. T opics in International Relations.
Alternate years, spring semester
A n analysis o f certain problems o f international relations chosen by the
instructor. Possibilities include: comparative foreign policy, war, inter
national relations o f developing nations, regionalism.
Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent and Course 63.
69. D irected Readings in Political Science.
Available on an individual or group basis, subject to the approval o f the
Chairman and the Instructor.
70-71.
Colloquium . Mr. Pennock.
Spring semester
Philosophical, legal, and other aspects o f the problem o f privacy in the
modern polity.
H onors W
ork
The follow ing seminars prepare for examination for a degree with Honors:
101.
(a ) and ( b ) . Political T heory . Mr. Pennock or Mr. Smith.
Each semester
The nature o f the state, the bases o f political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature o f law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism— all in
the light o f the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato
to the present. This seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning
with Plato and proceeding chronologically, and the other (101b, designated
"M odern and Analytical” ) starting with Machiavelli and organized in more
topical fashion. Considerable attention is given to modern democratic theory.
It is desirable but not required for students planning to take 101b to take
Political Science 54 during their sophomore year.
102. Politics
and
Legislation. Mr. Lutzker.
Spring semester
The study o f political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting
behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis
is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on
politics from the standpoint o f theories o f political democracy.
103.
Problems
in
G overnment
and
A dministration. Mr. Gilbert or Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
Problems o f administrative organization, policy-making and responsibility,
with primary reference to the United States and to selected fields o f policy.
104. International Politics. Mr. Mansbach.
Fall semester
A n inquiry into the principles and problems o f international politics,
seminar w ill consider theories o f international stability and disorder,
relationship between foreign policies and the international system, and
proaches to international order such as diplomacy, international law, and
lective security. Basic to the analysis w ill be the question: what are
causes o f war and the conditions o f peace?
Prerequisite: Course 4 or the equivalent.
170
this
the
ap
col
the
105. A merican Foreign Policy. Mr. Mansbach.
Spring semester
A study o f key problems faced by the United States in the modern world
together with a detailed, critical investigation o f the making and implementing
o f American foreign policy. The changing assumptions o f our policy and the
political, economic, and social influences upon it w ill be carefully considered.
106. Public Law and Jurisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
Spring semester
Sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic"
approaches to law; key problems o f jurisprudence illustrated by study o f the
fields o f federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
107. Comparative Communist Politics. Mr. Hargadon.
Pall semester
A comparative study o f the political organization o f the Soviet Union, China,
and the Eastern European states, with emphasis on the Party structure, state
bureaucracy, policy formation, and political communication.
108.
C o m p a r a t iv e G o v e r n m e n t .
Advanced study o f comparative government; governmental structures and
political processes largely as exemplified by selected governments o f Western
and Eastern Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning,
defense, nationalization, and transnational political movements.
109. Political D evelopment. Mr. Hopkins.
Spring semester
A comparative study o f the politics o f societies undergoing change and
modernization. Various theories, approaches, and methods o f explanation
are examined and considered in the context o f states in Asia, Africa, the
M iddle East and Latin America.
110. U rban Sociology and Politics. Mr. Gilbert and Mr. Van Til.
Full semester
The impact o f urbanization on contemporary politics and social structure,
from the perspectives o f political science and sociology. Emphasis w ill be
placed on empirical study o f selected problems such as physical planning,
social welfare, and political organization.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
129. T hesis. A ll members of the department.
Approval must be secured early in the student’ s junior year.
171
PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
Professors: D
a v id
R
o sen h an
Jo s e p h B . Sh
H
A
A
s s o c ia t e
s s is t a n t
In
W
Pro
fessor
: Jo s e p h
rer an d
D
an e
allach
Professors:
stru c to r
Lectu
an s
Sh
,
A ctin g Chairman
Feld
eldon
K
en n eth
G
erald
D
ean
: N
ir e c t o r
R.
G
L
m an
ergen
Chairman
, J
e v in
Peabody
S.
ic h o l a s
W . B
J.
T
h o m pson
e r n h e im
o f
St u
d en t
T
e a c h in g
:
A
l ic e
K. B
rodhead
The work o f the Department o f Psychology deals with the scientific study of
human behavior and experience; the basic processes o f perception, learning, thinking
and motivation, and consideration o f their relation to development o f the individual
personality; and the social relations o f the individual to other persons and to
groups.
For those students planning for graduate and professional work in
psychology the courses and seminars o f the department are designed to provide a
sound basis o f understanding o f psychological principles and a grasp o f research
method. Other students learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and the psychologi
cal approach to various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences
and the life sciences.
R
e q u ir e m e n t s a n d
R
e c o m m e n d a t io n s
The course Introduction to Psychology is normally required before advanced
work may be taken. However, students whose grades are generally in the honors
range and w ho have had significant background in either the natural or social
sciences may apply to individual instructors for entrance to courses beyond the
elementary level.
Majors should include advanced work in two areas o f psychology: (a ) basic
processes underlying human and animal behavior, such as perception, learning and
motivation; ( b ) human behavior in its social context, such as personality, child
psychology, social psychology. Majors in course should take at least two courses
and majors in Honors, at least one seminar from each area. It is highly desirable
fo r all majors to take at least one course providing them with experience in basic
research (e.g. courses with laboratories or Psychology 6 9 ). In addition, all majors
in Course are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 64 during the spring semester
o f their senior year. This course is especially suited for preparation for the com
prehensive examinations.
Education: Courses in education— 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17 w ill not be credited
toward a major in psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major
subject, and not more than four courses in education w ill be accepted for credit
toward the bachelor’s degree.
$ Absent on leave, 196 8-69.
1 72
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements in Education for
the college provisional certificate for secondary school teachers by taking the four
courses:
Psychology 3— Introduction to Psychology.
Education 11— Educational Psychology
Education 14— Introduction to Teaching.
Education 16— Student Teaching.
plus two out o f three o f the follow ing:
Education 12— Principles and Methods o f Secondary Education.
Education 15— History o f Education.
Education 17— Problems in Urban Education.
Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school
certificate by taking:
Psychology 3— Introduction to Psychology.
Psychology 15— Child Psychology.
Education 11— Educational Psychology.
Education 14— Introduction to Teaching.
Education 16— Student Teaching.
Psychology
3. Introduction
to
Psychology. Staff.
Fall semester
A n introduction to the study o f the behavior and experience o f the individual.
The broader significance o f psychology w ill be emphasized.
T w o lectures, plus conference hours to be arranged.
12. M otivation .
The determination o f behavior by maturation, early experience, deprivation,
stimulation, and reward. The concepts o f instinct, homeostasis, drive, reinforce
ment, arousal, and incentive are analyzed with reference to data drawn largely
from animal experimentation. Some reference is made to recent findings in
the physiology o f drive and reinforcement. Term paper or an original experi
ment is required.
13. Statistics
for
Psychologists.
The logic and the application o f standard statistical tests in the analysis of
data. Emphasis is placed on the relations between experimental and statistical
procedures. N o mathematics required.
14. Learning
and
Behavior T heory . Mr. Bernheim.
Spring semester
The experimental analysis o f the major phenomena o f learning and condition
ing is studied mainly at the animal level. Specific empirical and theoretical
issues are considered in detail, and the major theories o f learning are evaluated.
The laboratory is designed to acquaint students with the major processes
considered.
15. Child Psychology. Mr. Levin.
Fall semester
Cognitive development, the socialization process, and the influence o f childrearing practices w ill be emphasized. Observing o f preschool children w ill
be required.
173
36. Primate Social Behavior. Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
A course in seminar format. Students w ill read primarily from original re
ports o f field studies and laboratory investigations into the social organization
and communications systems o f monkeys, apes, and prosimians.
36A. Selected T opics in Comparative Social O rganization
Mr. N ovick, Mr. Rawson and M r. Thompson. H alf course, spring semester
Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal
species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern
ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups.
Designed for students w ho have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Zoology 60.
38. A bnormal Psychology. Mr. Rosenhan.
Pall semester
Several views o f abnormality are considered, including those that allow con
ceptions o f normality. Biological and learned bases o f positive and negative
abnormality are considered.
41. Comparative Psychology. Mr. Thompson.
Pall semester
The course considers determinants o f behavior in the individual animal. It
w ill explore in detail experimental and field studies o f behavior in a few
selected animal species. In each species, the adult behavior o f the individual
animal w ill be shown to be the result o f the complex interaction o f genetic,
maturational, developmental, and social effects. W eekly laboratory and field
work. Sophomores admitted by permission o f the instructor.
42. Physiological Psychology. Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
The physiological foundations o f human behavior and its disorders. The
course starts with a review o f the anatomy and physiology o f the human
nervous system. Each student then prepares and reads a theoretical paper in
which he collects, integrates, and interprets the most recent experimental and
clinical information on some facet o f the operation o f the nervous system.
Tutorial meetings in addition to regular class meetings. Sophomores admitted
by permission o f the instructor.
43. Psycholinguistics and Communication . Mr. Feldman.
Fall semester
A study o f the modes, processes, and effects o f inter-individual communication
and o f the problems o f measuring semantic meaning, the psychological as
pects o f language structure, and the learning thereof. Readings w ill include
both theoretical and empirical studies in psychology and linguistics.
45. G roup D ynamics . Mr. Peabody.
Fall semester
(B y application only.) The course w ill deal with the psychological aspects
o f behavior in groups. Issues such as intimacy, solidarity, group problem
solving, leadership development, scapegoating, splinter-group formation, and
phases o f group development w ill all receive attention. Classroom sessions
w ill focus on the ongoing behavior within the group itself. Outside reading
and papers w ill be used to illuminate processes within the group and to raise
significant theoretical problems.
46. Cognitive Processes. M r. Peabody.
Spring semester
Centers on those processes the individual uses to understand the' world.
Emphasizes those processes used in dealing with people, and their relation
to those dealing with impersonal objects.
50. Perception . Mr. W allach.
Spring semester
Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. The major facts
and some problems o f visual perception are outlined and used to acquaint the
student with experimental research.
174
52. H uman Learning
and
T hinking .
A n examination o f the phenomena o f association, memory, problem solving,
thinking and language.
53. Field W ork in Z oosemiotics. M r. Thompson.
H alf course, fall semester
A fter a brief review o f the problems encountered in studying an alien com
munication system, the class w ill plan, execute, interpret, and write up its
own investigations o f the communication system o f the common crow.
56. Social Psychology. Mr. Feldman.
Vail semester
A n examination o f theory and research relevant to the understanding o f social
interaction from a psychological viewpoint. Special emphasis w ill be placed
on social perception and its distortion, attitude development and change,
conformity, the relationship o f personality to social interaction, and social
motivation.
57. Psychology
A ttitudes.
of
The course w ill concentrate on topics designed to supplement Psychology 56,
Social Psychology, with particular attention to social and political attitudes.
58. Personality. Mr. Rosenhan.
Spring semester
A n examination o f contrasting theories o f the human personality. Theories
o f Freud, Jung, Lewin, Rogers and others w ill be discussed, and special
attention w ill be given to current empirical work.
62-63. Colloquium
in
Learning.
In consultation with the instructor, students select a problem in the analysis
o f learned behavior for study in the laboratory. In weekly class meetings,
they discuss the rationale, methods, and results o f their work as it progresses,
relating it to the research literature and to general theoretical issues. A paper
reviewing the pertinent literature and describing the experimental work is
required. Those desiring to enroll must see the instructor before registration;
enrollment w ill be limited to eight students. D ouble credit.
64. H istory
and
Systems
of
Psychology. Staff.
Spring semester.
Reading and discussion on a tutorial basis intended to provide integration
o f different fields o f psychology and to help majors prepare for comprehensives.
Historical treatment w ill concentrate on the major systematic points o f view.
Special consideration w ill be given to problems overlapping several areas
o f psychology.
67. Social Psychology
of
Social Issues.
A course in seminar format. Students consider the scientific approach to
issues o f social significance. Areas such as race relations, international conflict,
poverty, urbanism, drugs, and revolution may all be discussed. (Enrollment
limited.)
68. T utorial . Staff.
Each semester
Any student may, with the consent o f a member o f the Department, work
under a tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The student is thus
allowed to select a topic o f particular interest to him, and in consultation
with a faculty member, prepare a reading list and work plan. Tutorial work
may include field experience outside Swarthmore.
69. Independent R esearch. Staff.
Each semester
Students conduct independent research projects. They typically study problems
with which they are already familiar from their course work. Students must
submit a written report o f their work. Registration for Independent Research
requires the sponsorship o f a faculty member w ho agrees to supervise the work.
175
Education
11. Educational Psychology.
Mr. Levin.
Alternate years
The application o f psychology to education. The psychology o f learning and
psychometrics w ill be stressed. Projects w ill be required.
Prerequisite:
12. Principles
Psychology 3.
and
M ethods
of
Secondary Education .
Mr. Shane.
A study o f the principles o f secondary education, with emphasis upon aims
and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
14. Introduction to T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Current educational theory and practice. W eekly seminar plus three hours
a week (term minimum o f 36 hours) assisting in a classroom in the local
schools. This course meets the requirement for basic reading instruction.
15. H istory of Education .
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
W eekly seminar in which members o f the Classics, History, Philosophy and
Religion departments participate.
16. Student T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead.
Secondary level: In cooperation with Springfield School District and Swarthmore-Rutledge School District, 30 hours o f guided observation in the spring
follow ed by six weeks (120 hours) o f full-time teaching in the summer
school in both remedial and enrichment classes. Students should enroll for
this course at the January registration. They must be recommended by the
college department whose subject they plan to teach.
Elementary level: In cooperation with Springfield School District, a six weeks
program o f full-time teaching (12 0 hours) under close supervision by master
teachers in the Springfield Elementary Summer School which embraces both
remedial and enrichment reading and arithmetic, as well as science, geography,
and creative writing.
Prerequisite: Education 14 and recommendation o f the department o f psy
chology and education.
17. Problems
in
U rban Education . Mrs. Brodhead.
Fall semester
This course considers the problems o f schools in big cities, related to topics
such as financial support, community relations, professional staff, curricular
changes, pupil personnel. A weekly seminar, individual study, and field
investigation in the City o f Philadelphia.
Limited enrollment.
H onors Seminars
101. Perception.
Mr. Wallach.
Fall semester
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects.
T he student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual
mechanics, particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this
seminar. Specific topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth
and distance, size, movement, influences of learning and needs and attitudes,
general theory o f perception. W h en time permits, some attention is given
to parallel problems in other senses.
102. Learning
and
Behavior T heory . Mr. Bernheim.
Spring semester
The major phenomena o f learning and conditioning— taken largely from the
animal level— are discussed. An attempt is made to systematize the experi
176
mental literature on each topic. The relationship o f motivational concepts to
learning is discussed and the major theories o f learning and some recent
mathematical theories are considered. The laboratory acquaints students with
problems and methods of experimentation in learning. An opportunity for
original research is provided.
103. A bnormal Psychology. Mr. Rosenhan.
Spring semester
T w o conceptions o f abnormal behavior, the psychoanalytic and the social
psychological, are examined, mainly from a developmental point o f view.
Problems o f state and trait, and o f cognitive, affective, and behavioral change
are considered.
104. Individual in Society. Mr. Peabody.
Pnll semester
The relationship between man and his society. Basic processes including the
understanding o f other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency, group in
fluence and conformity, the psychology o f language. Applications to political
attitudes, group prejudice. The relation o f attitudes and personality. The
relation o f psychology to the social sciences.
105.
P ersonality. Mr. Levin.
Spring semester
A scrutiny o f attempts to build an objective basis for 1 understanding the
•person as a whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations, techniques o f obser
vation, and specific problems w ill be examined. Theoretical orientations:
psychoanalysis, factor analysis, learning theory, phenomenology. Observation
techniques: interviews, questionnaires, fantasy material. Problems: aggression,
need achievement, prediction, psychotherapy, and psychological maturity.
|fe|j semester
106. D evelopment. Mr. Levin.
The development o f complex psychological processes in the individual will
be studied. Problems o f intellectual, linguistic, and social development will
be stressed. W h ile the focus w ill be on the child, relevant studies o f other
species w ill also be examined. Observing o f preschool children w ill be
required.
107. Psycholinguistics and C ommunication . Mr. Feldman.
Spring semester
An intensive study o f certain communication processes and o f the psychologi
cal aspects o f human language. Specific topics include: words as motivational
signs, the meaning o f compounds, non-verbal signs and style as a determinant
o f perceptual and logical processes. Some individual experimental research
is anticipated.
108. M emory, T hinking , Language.
An inquiry into human cognitive processes, including human learning, memory
functions, thinking, and language phenomena. Topics to be considered will
be: principles o f association; association and perceptual organization; recog
nition and recall; interference phenomena; trace theory; attention and mental
set; concept formation; problem-solving and insight; symbolic operations;
semantic and syntatic processes.
109. Comparative and Physiological Psychology.
Mr. Thompson.
The genetic, developmental, and physiological determinants o f animal behavior.
The seminar w ill explore in detail experimental and field studies o f behavior
in a few selected animal species. Generalizations derived from the study of
animal behavior w ill be brought to bear on problems in human behavior and
behavior pathology.
120. T hesis. A ll members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is
doing major work in psychology with three seminars, and provided some
member o f the department is available to undertake the direction o f the thesis.
177
M a s t e r ’s D eg ree
A limited number o f students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology (see p. 7 3 ). Students receiving the Bachelor's
degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program o f work for the Master’s degree requires the completion o f four
seminars, or their equivalent. One o f the seminars must be a research seminar lead
ing to a Thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by external examiners. The re
quirements for the Master’ s degree can normally be completed in one year.
178
SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
A ssociate Professor: Leon Bramson , Chairman f
A ssistant Professors: A smarom L egesse
R obert C. M itchell
Steven Piker
Instructors : V ictor N ovick
Jon V a n T il
Although Sociology and Anthropology arose initially out o f divergent historical
traditions, they are engaged in a common task. Studies in the Department are
directed toward the discovery o f the general principles which help to explain the
order, meaning, and coherence o f human social and cultural life. T o that end,
work in the Department w ill emphasize the comparative analysis o f societies and
social institutions; the structure and functioning of human communities; the
principles o f social organization and disorganization; and the conditions which tend
to foster continuity and change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis w ill also be laid
on the relevance o f Sociology and Anthropology to social problems in the modem
age, particularly to the question o f the nature, conditions and limits o f human
freedom.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
Course 1 is prerequisite to all other work in the Department. Beginning with
the class o f 1969, Course majors w ill customarily write a thesis in their senior year.
Course majors w ill take a minimum o f eight courses in the Department, including
the introductory course and Course 9 8 -9 9 (thesis). In general, students who
take a course may not take the corresponding seminar.
Courses
1. Introduction
to
Sociology
and
A nthropology .
Members o f the Department.
Fall semester
An exploration o f fundamental factors in human group life and the context
o f human development in families, communities, castes, classes; folk, peasant
and urban societies. Am ong topics to be studied comparatively are childrearing, urbanism, social stratification, and cultural change.
22. Race
and
Ethnic Relations
in the
U nited States. Mr. Van Til.
Ethnic and minority relations in America, their structure and patterns of
change. Particular emphasis w ill be placed on the American N egro: the
development o f subcultures, effects of racial discrimination on the individual,
and social movements arising out o f the acculturation process. The experi
ence o f other ethnic groups, the melting-pot thesis, and the persistence of
religious subcultures w ill also be studied.
N ot offered in 1968-69.
23. Comparative Social O rganization . Mr. Novick.
Spring semester
Examination o f the social, economic, and political systems o f primitive
hunting-gathering and simple agriculture societies. Effects o f envirorunent
on demography and complexity o f organization. Comparison with primate
societies.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1968-69.
179
2 3A . Selected T opics
in
Comparative Social O rganization .
Mr. Novick, Mr. Rawson, Mr. Thompson.
H alf course, spring semester
Evening film and lecture series on the social organization o f various animal
species, including man. Films, speakers, readings, and discussions concern
ing the environmental and structural forces which shape social groups.
Designed for students w ho have had, or are taking concurrently, SociologyAnthropology 23, Psychology 36, or Z oology 60.
24. Societies and Cultures of A frica. Mr. Legesse.
Spring semester
A survey o f the major traditional institutions o f Africa. Special attention
w ill be given to the contributions o f African studies to theories o f social
structure and personality. Representative societies w ill be discussed in detail,
including the Tiv, Nuer, Galla, and Amhara.
25.
Com munity Studies: Latin A merica. Mr. Novick.
Spring semester
A n examination o f ethnographic accounts o f rural communities in Latin
America, with emphasis on theoretical issues associated with the definition of
types o f communities. Detailed study o f social, economic, and political
organization o f these communities. Topics w ill include interpretation of
local community organization in a national and international context; social
stratification; and the process o f change, including directed change and
"community development.”
26. Societies and Cultures of Southeast A sia. Mr. Piker.
Spring semester
This course w ill deal with the cultures o f Theravada Southeast Asia (Ceylon,
Burma, Thailand, Cambodia, and L aos). Particular emphasis w ill be given
to the development o f contemporary social, political, and religious institutions;
to the interplay o f Indian and Chinese influences in the emergence o f modern
Southeast Asia; and to the significance o f traditional institutions for current
trends in that region.
27. Social Change . Mr. Mitchell.
Fall semester
Classical and contemporary theories o f social change, with case studies.
Am ong topics to be considered: equilibrium and conflict models o f society,
causes and types o f response to change, industrialization and modernization.
Particular attention w ill be given to the modernization process in Africa.
28. Cities
and
Society. Mr. Van Til.
Spring semester
The historical growth o f cities, the social structure o f urban areas, impact of
urbanization on social relations, and the emergent ideologies o f city life con
sidered from the main perspectives o f urban sociology. Topics o f special
interest include the structure and process o f metropolitan life, the consequences
o f urbanization for rural life and small towns, the prospects for urban plan
ning, and the contemporary crisis o f the cities.
29. Sociology
of
R eligion. Mr. Mitchell.
Spring semester
Examination o f the relationship between religion and society. Sociological
theories o f religion, religious organization and behavior, religion and social
change, processes o f institutionalization and secularization.
50. M odern Social T heory . Mr. Bramson.
Fall semester
The social and intellectual background o f the rise o f social science, with con
sideration o f selected social theorists and emphasis on the relation o f ideology
to theory and research. Am ong the topics discussed are individualism, progress,
elitism, racism, collectivism, and war.
180
56. Social Psychology. Mr. Feldman.
Fall semester
A n examination o f theory and research relevant to the understanding o f social
interaction from a psychological viewpoint. Special emphasis w ill be placed
on social perception and its distortion, attitude development and change,
conformity, the relationship o f personality to social interaction, and social
motivation.
57-8. Colloquium : Cross-Cultural Study
of
Y outh . Mr. Legesse.
Spring semester
A n anthropological examination o f the structural, cultural,
responses to conflict between generations. Am ong topics to
the functions o f initiation ceremonies; the role o f youth
change; age sets, gangs and secret societies in preliterate as
industrial societies.
60. M ethods of Social Research. Mr. Mitchell.
and psychological
be discussed are:
cultures in social
well as in urbanSpring semester
A n introduction to the empirical study of society. Am ong topics for study
are: the philosophical basis o f social inquiry, the design o f social research,
problems o f sampling, measurement, data-collection and interpretation, ethno
graphic field methods, cross-cultural method, and the role o f social research
in contemporary society. Students w ill participate in research projects.
62. Political Sociology. Mr. Gilbert.
Spring semester
T he relation o f politics to basic social structures, processes and traditions.
Study o f problems, concepts and theories about politics viewed as human
behavior. The specific topics will vary from year to year.
T o be offered in 1969-70.
63. Psychological A nthropology . Mr. Piker.
Fall semester
A study o f cultural differences from the standpoint o f the socialization process.
A comparative analysis of the ways in which patterns o f behavior are trans
mitted through the family and related institutions. A n assessment o f the
significance o f this approach for fields o f social and cultural anthropology.
66. D irected Reading. Members o f the Department.
Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the students not dealt
with in the regular course offerings. Consent o f the Chairman and o f the
instructor is required.
67-8. C olloquium : H uman R esources. Mr. Bramson.
Fall semester
A research colloquium emphasizing the study o f the intersection o f the edu
cational system and the occupational structure. Specific problems w ill include
improvement o f the educational system, military manpower policy, the human
career, and professionalization. Each member o f the colloquium w ill do a
project.
69. T heories of Cultural Evolution . Mr. Novick.
Spring semester
The development o f types o f evolutionary theory in anthropology and its
precursors in the 19th and 20th centuries. Attention w ill be given to the
writings o f Darwin, Lamarck, Tylor, Morgan, Engels, Spencer, W hite, Steward,
Sahlins, Service, and other evolutionary theorists. Special emphasis w ill be
placed on contemporary theories and research in cultural evolution, and on
topics such as the origins o f urbanism and o f the state.
98—99. T hesis. Members of the Department.
Theses w ill be required o f all course majors beginning with the class of
1969- Seniors w ill normally take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tutorial
(Course 98-99) during their senior year. Students are urged to have their
thesis proposals approved as early as possible during the junior year.
181
H o n o r s Se m in a r s
102. Social Structure . Mr. Legesse.
Fall semester
The nature o f human social organization. Case materials w ill be drawn from
a variety o f culture types and areas. Special emphasis w ill be given to nonWestern social structure and to recent theoretical developments in the
analysis o f social organization.
103. Race and Culture . Mr. Van Til.
Spring semester
A comparative study o f the patterns of ethnic and minority relations in
society, with consideration o f the factors underlying persistence and change.
Race and culture w ill be related through an examination o f conflicts of
values, social hierarchies, and the maintenance of subcultures.
104. Psychological A nthropology . Mr. Legesse, Mr. Piker.
Spring semester
The significance o f psychological theories for the analysis o f social and
cultural systems. Special emphasis w ill be given to personality and social struc
ture, religious belief systems, and comparative socialization within a variety
o f cultural settings.
105. M odern Social T heory . Mr. Bramson.
Spring semester
The social and intellectual background o f the rise o f social science, with con
sideration o f selected social theorists and emphasis on the relation o f ideology
to theory and research in sociology.
T o be offered in 1969-70.
106. Cultural Ecology. Mr. Novick.
Fall semester
An examination o f cultural systems viewed as adaptations to the physical,
social, and political environment. Consideration w ill be given to theoretical
issues o f cause and explanation in ecological studies; social and cultural
adjustments to factors such as nutritional needs, population size and density,
and natural resources. Case material w ill be drawn from the anthropological
literature on primary bands, tribal societies, and pastoral nomads.
107. Sociology of R eligion. Mr. Piker.
Spring semester
An exploration o f the relationship between religion and society. Special em
phasis w ill be given to the social and historical determinants o f changes in
religious institutions, and to the adaptive qualities o f religious institutions
in periods o f social upheaval. Case materials w ill be drawn largely from
societies and religions o f South and Southeast Asia, principally Hinduism and
Buddhism. W ork in the seminar w ill include a research project.
111. U rban Sociology. Mr. Van Til.
Spring semester
The historical growth o f cities, the social structure o f urban areas, impact
o f urbanization on social relations, and the emergent ideologies o f city life
considered from the main perspectives o f urban sociology. Topics o f special
interest include the structure and process o f metropolitan life, the consequences
o f urbanization for rural life and small towns, the prospects for urban plan
ning, and the contemporary crisis o f the cities.
120. T hesis. Members of the Department.
Honors students who choose to do so w ill customarily write theses during
the senior year. Students are urged to have thesis proposals approved as
early as possible during the junior year.
182
las
Dana and Hallowell Dormitories for M en
REFERENCE SECTION
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
V isitin g Examiners— 1968
A S T R O N O M Y : Professor Serge A. K orff, N ew York University; D r . K a j A a
Strand , United States Naval Observatory.
B IO L O G Y : D r . John M. Foster, National Science Foundation; Professor Fred
erick J. G ottlieb, University of Pittsburgh; D r . Richard L. P enney , N ew
York Zoological Society; Professor M ichel Rabinovitch , Rockefeller Uni
versity; D r . John A. Romberger, Forest Service, U.S.D .A.; Professor
M elvin Santer , Haverford College.
Professor Jay M. A nderson, Bryn Mawr College; Professor
H arold W . H eine, B u c knell University; Professor Frederick C. Strong,
CHEMISTRY:
III, University o f Bridgeport.
Professor W . Robert Connor , Princeton University;
James W . H alporn , Indiana University.
CLASSICS:
Professor
ECONOM ICS: Professor M orton S. Baratz , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor
Ralph E. Beals, Amherst C ollege; Professor H olland H unter , Haverford
College; D r . V an D oorn O oms, Yale University; D r . Joseph A. Pechman ,
T he Brookings Institution.
EN G IN EERIN G : Professor L. Paul Bolgiano, University o f Delaware; Pro
fessor J. S. L ee, N orth Carolina State University; Professor Stephen S.
W olff , T he Johns Hopkins University; D r. H suan Y eh , University of
Pennsylvania.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: Professor A lvin B. K ernan , Yale University; Pro
fessor Isabel M ac Caffrey , Bryn M awr C ollege; Professor M ark Spilka ,
Brown University; Professor H elen V endler, Boston University.
FINE ARTS: Professor Robert A. K och , Princeton University; D r . K enneth
D. M atthews , Jr ., University Museum, University o f Pennsylvania; Pro
fessor John W . M cC oubrey, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor James
E. Snyder, Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor A . Richard T urner , Princeton
University.
Professor Jeremy A dams, Yale University; Professor H ilary
Conroy , University o f Pennsylvania; Professor D avid D onald , T he Johns
Hopkins University; Professor Robert Forster, The Johns Hopkins Uni
versity; Professor G raham Irwin , Columbia University; Professor A lex
ander Riasanovsky, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Eugene Rice,
Columbia University; Professor Caroline Robbins, Bryn M awr College.
H IST O R Y:
Professor O rhan A lisbah, Rutgers, T he State University;
Professor M urray G erstenhaber, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor
Saul G orn , University o f Pennsylvania.
M A TH EM A TICS:
M O D ER N LAN G U AG ES
FRENCH: Professor M ichel E. G uggenheim , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Professor
A rmand H oog, Princeton University.
G ER M AN : Professor T heodore Z iolkowski, Princeton University.
RUSSIAN: Professor G eorge G ibian , Cornell University; Professor Frank
Seeley, University o f Pennsylvania.
SPANISH: Professor Joaquin G onzalez -M uela , Bryn Mawr College.
MUSIC: Professor James H aar , University o f Pennsylvania; Professor D avid
Lewin , State University o f N ew York, Stony Brook.
184
PH ILO SO PH Y: Professor N uel D. Belnap , Jr ., University of Pittsburgh; Pro
fessor D aniel Bennett , University o f Massachusetts; Professor Russell
M. D ancy , University o f Pittsburgh; Professor H oward K ee, D rew Uni
versity Theological School; Professor John M acquarrie, Union Theological
Seminary; Professor James Pritchard, University o f Pennsylvania; Pro
fessor M urray Jerome Stolnitz , University o f Rochester.
PHYSICS: Professor Stefan M achlup , Case Western Reserve University; Pro
fessor D avid T. W ilkinson , Princeton University.
PO LITICAL SCIENCE: Professor P eter Bachrach , Bryn Mawr C ollege; Pro
fessor D aniel Cheever, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; Pro
fessor H olland H unter , Haverford College; Professor Francis Rourke ,
The Johns Hopkins University; Professor D ankwart Rustow , Columbia
University; Professor Paul E. Sigmund, Princeton University.
PSY C H O L O G Y : D r . K urt Back , Rockefeller University; Professor Brendan
M aher , Brandéis University; Professor H arold G. M cCurdy, University
o f N orth Carolina at Chapel H ill; D r . Edith N eimark, Douglass College,
Rutgers, T he State University; Professor Paul Rozin , University o f Penn
sylvania; Professor Carl B. Z uckerman , Brooklyn College.
SO CIO LO G Y A N D A N T H R O P O L O G Y : Professor Francis L. K. H su, N orth
western University; Professor T homas K irsch, Princeton University; Pro
fessor Peter H. Rossi, The Johns Hopkins University; Professor K urt H.
W olff , Brandéis University; Professor J. M ilton Y inger, Oberlin College.
185
DEGREES CONFERRED
June 10, 1968
Bachelor
of
A rts
In the D ivision o f the Humanities
Emily Elizabeth A lbrink
Katherine Spencer Larner
(Philosophy)
M ichael Charles A lexander
(History)
(Greek)
Patricia Layne
(English Literature)
Lucy Jean A n n Leu
(French)
Joan Elizabeth Foley Lewis *
(English Literature)
Frances Ruth Batzer
(Fine Arts)
Lorraine Carol Lidoff
(R eligion)
Julian M. Lopez-M orillas
(H istory)
Florence D aly Battis
Edwin A llen Battle
(Fine Arts)
N ancy W inship Bennett
A lfred G. Brauch
Emily Florence Brower
(Fine Arts)
(Philosophy)
(English Literature)
(Latin)
Lise Luborsky
K athy Jean M acLeod
(English Literature)
(Fine Arts)
M elissa A nn Cannon
(English
Jeffrey Burnham Carter
(English
Caroline Jean Ciancutti
(English
D avid M. Cohen (English
Colin A lder Connery *
Linda Bergling Creasey
Literature)
Literature)
Literature)
Literature)
(Religion)
Jean Celia M araniss
(Russian)
John F. M cD larmid
(History)
Peter Jacob M eyer
(History)
Lenore M iller
(Fine Arts)
Sandra Elizabeth M iller
(French)
Eleanor Lincoln M orse
(English Literature)
M artha W illiams M undy (Greek)
Barbara Patterson N evling
(Religion)
(English Literature)
Robin D arr
(Fine Arts)
K aren V irginia D avis
(Fine Arts)
Jonathan Stewart D ewald
(H istory)
N ancy Louise Eichhorn
M argaret Elaine N ewcomb
Leonard H . O rr
N ancy M arion Pepper
(Fine Arts)
(Philosophy)
(English Literature)
James M yron P erry
(English Literature)
(English Literature)
N orma Elias
(English Literature)
Barry Feldman
(Fine Arts)
Richard G oddard Figiel
Robert Emil Pollock
(M usic)
Paul R. Prinzhorn
(Philosophy)
Frances K atherine Racine
(English Literature)
D onna Elaine Fischer
(English Literature)
Barbara S. G ard
(Philosophy)
Susan M onteith G ibson
(English Literature)
G eorge E. G ill
(History)
G lenna Elizabeth G iveans
(Spanish)
K enneth K ells G uilmartin
(English Literature)
K athleen H all
(English Literature)
M artha O liphant H astings (Latin)
T eresa H ealy
(English Literature)
Paul Jan H orsting
(English Literature)
(Latin)
(G reek)
(H istory)
(Russian)
Sarah Bronwyn H urd
Carolyn A lice Jones
D orine K eith
Emily R uth K lenin
* As o f the Class o f 1967.
186
(G reek)
Barbara Rickards
(Fine Arts)
Robert Philip Robertson
(French)
Robert Charles R oper(History)
D iana Royce
(English Literature)
Susan Jo Russell
(English Literature)
Lucy Elisabeth Schneider
(English Literature)
Carol Shloss
(English Literature)
M ary M elinda Solberg
(History)
Sarah Inglehart Steever
(Fine Arts)
Susan G elletly Steinbrook
(M usic)
M aria G izella L. Szilagyi
(Fine Arts)
Barbara Lyn n T heim
(Religion)
Paul R. T him
(English Literature)
A pril A ne W all *
(French)
James H erman W aters (Psychology)
Janet M argaret W eiss
(English Literature)
T homas W olf
A nita H. W yzanski *
Edith T. Y oung
(H istory)
(Fine Arts)
(R eligion)
In the D ivision o f the Social Sciences
W alter Luiz A damson
(Political Science)
(H istory)
Stephen L. A lloy
Susan W hitin A lmy
Jay Ross K aplan
(Economics)
Christopher Lowell K ing
( Sociology-Anthropology)
H arold Joseph K walwasser
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Richard T aylor A ndrews, III
J. Stannard Baker
T . K ermit Larsen
(Political Science)
(H istory)
Robert Edward Bartkus
(Political Science)
(Psychology)
(Political Science)
Paul Leavin
Susan D workin L evering
( Sociology-Anthropology)
(Econom ics)
(Psychology)
Rona Lieberman
(Psychology)
Robert Russell M ac Leod, Jr.
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Ray Pratt M cClain
(History)
D aphne Jean M cD onnell
Julie A ndrea Biddle
Eric StoWell Blumberg
(Economics)
D aniel Ray Botsford, Jr .
(Political Science)
M ary Imogen B owers
(Psychology)
D elmer Ren Brown
(H istory)
Frank Ira Brown
(Political Science)
Katherine C onner
( Sociology-Anthropology )
Paul Courant
(H istory)
A lbert James D avis
(Econom ics)
Ronald J D iamond
(Psychology)
W illiam H enry Lanier D orsey
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Maureen J. D urham
(Psychology & Sociology-Anthropology)
(H istory)
W illiam J. Edgar
Lyn n M organ Etheredge
( Sociology-Anthropology )
Sandra M artin M cLanahan
( Sociology-Anthropology )
N anine M eiklejohn
(History)
Fred H uggett M ontgomery
(Economics)
Robert Forder N agel
(Political Science)
W illiam E. Peterson
(Econom ics)
W ayne K ief Patterson
(H istory)
Jane S. Prichard
( Sociology-Anthropology)
John D avid Reed, Jr.
(History)
Bruce W illiam Reedy
(Political Science)
(Econom ics)
D aniel Fulton Eubank (Econom ics)
Peter H owland Fraser
(H istory)
Charles A ugustus Floto
(Philosophy)
Joyce Y vonne Frisby (Mathematics)
Carl Frederick G oodwin
(H istory)
Peter W . G utterman
(History)
Joseph H enry H afkenschiel, III
(Econom ics)
Michael D avid H alpern
A nthony Roberti
(H istory)
Bruce Lindsley Rockwood (H istory)
K irk Burns Roose
(Philosophy)
A lta Renee M argulis Ross
(Political ScienceInternational Relations)
W illiam D avid R ubinstein (H istory)
Samuel Sylvester Shepherd, Jr.
( Sociology-Anthropology)
N eal Philip Sherman
(Political Science)
(Political Science)
Harriet A n n H eisler
D avid W . Singleton
( Sociology-Anthropology )
( Sociology-Anthropology )
Sarah Elizabeth H ollister
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Robert M yrwang H olum
M ark Stephen Smith (Mathematics)
Susan Louise Smith
(H istory)
M arc Jay Sónnenfeld
(Economics)
Jonathan Edward Summerton
(Econom ics)
(Econom ics)
Joya K ikue T anaka •
W endy Jean H yatt
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Joan Bailey Ingram
(Econom ics)
Jane Jewell
(Political Science)
M eredith Jocelyn Jones
( Economics)
* As of the Class o f 1967.
1 87
(Political Science)
Ralph Jeffrey T eutsch
(Mathematics)
Bruce Campbell T ift
( Sociology-Anthropology)
Roberta Reveley W elte
M argaret Carlie U pdike
.
(Psychology)
(Psychology)
Joseph D urant Cooper W ilson, III
Corinne Coles W ebster
(Econom ics)
(Psychology)
In the D ivision o f the Natural Sciences
John D ouglas M elbourne
D iane Brett A lexander
(Z o o lo g y )
(Mathematics)
(B iology)
(Physics)
(B iology)
(Mathematics)
Christopher M iller
(Physics)
G eoffrey Seta M waungulu
A ndrea Lyn n A llen
V ytenis Babrauskas
M ary Lee Bannister
Craig John Benham
M arsha A. M cA fee Bera
(Z o o lo g y )
Robert H oward Pollack (B iology)
Joseph G riffin Rosenbaum
(Mathematics)
(Mathematics)
A gnes M ary Brezak
(Z oo lo g y )
Robert Randall Cadmus, Jr .
Lee A. Sanders
(Chemistry)
Jorge Louis Sarmiento (Chemistry)
John , O tto Schairer
(Physics)
Craig A ndrew Schrauf (Chemistry)
John Joseph Seidenfeld
(Physics)
W illiam Joseph Combi (Psychology)
A lma D om jan
(Chemistry)
Ellis Frederick Feinstein
(Chemistry)
(Mathematics)
(Physics)
K enneth M arc Shell
(Chemistry)
Lawrence James Smith
(Physics)
W illiam H enry Stanton
A rthur Jablow Fink
W illiam Franklin Finzer , Jr.
(Physics)
(Psychology)
Jennifer Jean H aines
(Z oo lo g y )
D avid Frank H astings
(Z oo lo g y )
T imothy K eith-Lucas
(Psychology)
D avid Soung K im
(Z o o lo g y )
Leo M arx Leva
(Z oo lo g y )
Lewis M. Lutton
(Z o o lo g y )
John Cromwell M ather (Physics)'
Richard Ross M cC urdy
Robert Bowen Suter
(Z oolog y )
D avid Ernest Swanson
(Physics)
Carol Jean M cK night T almage
(Psychology)
Patricia Lyn n T olins . (Z oolog y )
Jean Louise W arren
(Physics)
Eileen Joyce W halen
(Chemistry)
Paris W orthington
(Mathematics)
Chitra Y ang
(B iology)
(Mathematics)
(Z o o lo g y )
Jean M cLaughlin
Bachelor
of
Science
In the D ivision o f E ngineering
V alentine James M iller
Samuel A mos Brackeen, III
(Mechanical Engineering)
(C ivil Engineering)
John T homas O ldenburg
Carlos Chucuyan G uerra
(Electrical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
W ilbur G uy Streams
Bruce Jameson Connor
(Mechanical Engineering)
(C ivil Engineering)
John V an N este T almage, III
H ugh D exter Farley , Jr .
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
John W infield W eisel
Richard Lane G regor
(Electrical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
G ary S. Y ablick
Roger H illson
(Electrical Engineering)
(Electrical Engineering)
W illiam E. Z immer
Robert H oe, VI
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
M aster
of
A rts
Jesus Francisco V illamediana Rincon
188
Astronomy
H onorary
DOCTOR
DOCTOR
D O C TO R
D O C TO R
D O C TO R
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
LAW S
LAW S
LAW S
LA W S
LAW S
W illiam
D egrees
John K ing Fairbank
A lbert Branson M aris
H oward Charles Petersen
Courtney H amilton Prentice
L eon H oward Sullivan
189
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS
June 10, 1968
H onors A warded
by the
V isiting Examiners
H O N O RS:
Michael Charles Alexander, Susan W hitin Almy, Robert Edward Bartkus,
Nancy W inship Bennett, Frank Ira Brown, Jeffrey Burnham Carter, Katherine
Conner, Albert James Davis, Ronald J Diamond, Alma Domjan, Nancy Louise
Eichhorn, Daniel Fulton Eubank, Ellis Frederick Feinstein, Arthur Jablow
Fink, Michael David Halpern, Ray Pratt McClain, Daphne Jean McDonnell,
Lenore Miller, John Thomas Oldenburg, Leonard H. Orr, Nancy Marion
Pepper, Jane S. Prichard, Bruce Lindsley Rockwood, Diana Royce, William
David Rubinstein, Susan Jo Russell, John Otto Schairer, Samuel Sylvester
Shepherd, Jr., Susan Louise Smith, Marc Jay Sonnenfeld, Susan Gelletly
Steinbrook, David Ernest Swanson, Bruce Campbell T ift, Margaret Carlie
Updike, Gary S. Yablick.
H IG H H O N O RS:
W alter Luiz Adamson, Craig John Benham, Melissa Ann Cannon, Paul Courant,
Jonathan Stewart Dewald, W illiam J. Edgar, Lynn Morgan Etheredge, William
Franklin Finzer, Jr., Jennifer Jean Haines, Carolyn A lice Jones, Emily Ruth
Klenin, Harold Joseph Kwalwasser, Leo Marx Leva, Jean Celia Maraniss, Sandra
Martin McLanahan, Robert Forder Nagel, Frances Katherine Racine, Robert
Charles Roper, Lucy Elisabeth Schneider, Craig Andrew Schrauf, Neal Philip
Sherman.
H IGHEST H O N O RS:
John Cromwell Mather, John F. McDiarmid, Mark Stephen Smith.
D istinction
in
C ourse A warded
by the
Faculty
Diane Brett Alexander, Florence Daly Battis, Agnes Mary Brezak, Karen
Virginia Davis, Susan Monteith Gibson, Glenna Elizabeth Giveans, Joan
Bailey Ingram, Lucy Jean Ann Leu, Lise Luborsky, Kathy Jean MacLeod, Val
entine James Miller, Eleanor Lincoln Morse, Martha W illiams Mundy, Lee A.
Sanders, Carol Shloss, Janet Margaret Weiss, Roberta Reveley W elte.
Elections
to
H onorary Societies
PHI BETA K APPA:
W alter Luiz Adamson, Diane Brett Alexander, Michael Charles Alexander,
Florence Daly Battis, Agnes Mary Brezak, Melissa Ann Cannon, Katherine
Conner, Jonathan Stewart Dewald, W illiam J. Edgar, W illiam Franklin Finzer,
Jr., Glenna Elizabeth Giveans, Jennifer Jean Haines, Joan Bailey Ingram,
Carolyn A lice Jones, Emily Ruth Klenin, Harold Joseph Kwalwasser, Lucy Jean
Ann Leu, Jean Celia Maraniss, John Cromwell Mather, Ray Pratt McClain,
John F. McDiarmid, Daphne Jean M cDonnell, Martha Williams Mundy,
Robert Forder Nagel, Nancy Marion Pepper, Robert Charles Roper, Lee A.
Sanders, Lucy Elisabeth Schneider, Neal Philip Sherman, Mark Stephen Smith,
Janet Margaret Weiss.
SIG M A X I :
Diane Brett Alexander, Mary Lee Bannister, Agnes Mary Brezak, Robert
Randall Cadmus, Jr., Alma Domjan, Arthur Jablow Fink, W illiam Franklin
190
Finzer, Jr., David Frank Hastings, John Cromwell Mather, Christopher Miller,
Valentine James Miller, Geoffrey Seta Mwaungulu, John Thomas Oldenburg,
Lee A. Sanders, John Otto Schairer, Mark Stephen Smith, Robert Bowen Suter,
D avid Ernest Swanson, Jesus Francisco Villamediana, Jean Louise Warren.
SIGM A T A U :
Robert Hoe, V I, Valentine James Miller, John Thomas Oldenburg, John W in
field W eisel, Gary S. Yablick.
S W A R T H M O R E C O L L E G E F E L L O W S H IP A W A R D S
The
The
The
The
The
Hannah A . Leedom Fellow ship to A gnes M ary Brezak .
Joshua L ippincott Fellow ship to Martha W illiams M undy .
John L ockw ood m em orial Fellow ship to N ancy W inship Bennett .
Lucretia M ott Fellow ship to Lucy Elisabeth Schneider.
Martha E. Tyson Fellow ship to Jennifer Jean H aines.
Sp e c i a l
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
A w ards
Ivy Award to Ray P. M cC lain .
Oak Leaf Award to D iana Royce.
M cCabe Engineering Award to V alentine James M iller .
Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship to M ichael S. Schudson.
John R ussell H ayes P oetry P rizes: first prize, D onald E. M itchell; second
prize, Paul J. D iM aggio.
L ois M orrell Poetry Aw ard: Leonard H. O rr.
W illiam Plum er P otter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: prizes awarded to Paul Leavin , Lucy
E. Schneider, and M arc S. W alter .
The Potter Short Story Contest: prizes awarded to Richard G . Figiel, Leonard
H. O rr, and M ichael S. Schudson.
The Potter Poetry Reading Contest: first prize, G arth S. M acD onald ; second
prize, Susan L. Foster; third prize, R. Philip Robertson.
Brand Blanshard P rize to Charles A . Floto .
Phi Beta Kappa P rize to N ancy Y . Bekavac.
Scott Award to W alter C. Bond .
191
Enrollment of Students by Classes— 1967-68
Seniors .............................
J u n io rs ................................
S op h om ores.......................
Fresh m en ...........................
M en
124
134
157
155
W om en
83
113
120
125
Total undergraduates
Special Students ..............
Graduate Students .........
570
4
3
441
5
1
1,011
9
4
577
447
1,024
Totals
.......................
G e o g r a p h ic a l
Pennsylvania ..................................
N ew Y o r k .......................................
N ew Jersey ....................................
California ......................................
Connecticut ....................................
Massachusetts ................................
Maryland .........................................
O hio ...............................................
Virginia ...........................................
Illinois .............................................
Delaware .........................................
District o f Columbia ..................
Michigan .........................................
North Carolina .............................
Texas ...................................... ..
Colorado .........................................
Minnesota .......................................
W a s h in g to n ....................................
Florida .............................................
In d ia n a .............................................
M a in e ................................................
Missouri ...........................................
Vermont .........................................
W isconsin .......................................
Iowa ..............* ...............................
Tennessee . . ..................................
South Carolina ......... ....................
Hawaii .............................................
N ew Hampshire ...........................
N ew M exico ................................
O r e g o n ................ ............................
W est V ir g in ia ................................
Georgia ...........................................
Kentucky .........................................
Nebraska .........................................
A la b a m a ...........................................
Arizona ...........................................
Kansas .............................................
Oklahoma .......................................
Rhode I s la n d ..................................
Alaska .............................................
Louisiana .........................................
Total
207
247
277
280
D is t r ib u t io n — 1 9 6 7 -6 8
200
181
85
53
42
41
39
33
30
26
24
20
17
14
14
13
12
12
10
Mississippi ..................
North D a k ota -................
Utah .................................
W y o m in g .........................
Canal Zone ....................
Total U .S.A .................
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
.
972
Canada .............................
Japan ...............................
Greece .............................
Colombia .........................
Germany .........................
8
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I n d ia ............................. ....
Nicaragua .......................
Peru . . ..............................
Afghanistan ....................
A lg e r ia .............................
Belgium ........... ...............
Brazil ................................
9
8
8
8
8
7
6
5
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ecuador ...........................
Guatemala .......................
Italy ..................................
M a la w i.............................
M e x i c o .............................
Netherlands ....................
Portugal ...........................
R h od esia ...........................
S eychelles.........................
Spain ................................
Switzerland ....................
T a iw a n .............................
V en ezu ela .........................
—
Total from abroad . . .
Grand Total ..................
1 92
52
1,024
Index
Absence from Classes and Collection, 70
Absence from Examinations, 71
Academic Requirements, Committee on,
22, 71
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 24-28
Admissions Procedure, 32-35
Application Dates, 33, 34
Scholastic Aptitude and Achieve
ment Tests, 33-34
School Subjects Recommended, 33
Advanced Degrees, 73-74
Advanced Placement, 35
Advanced Standing, 35
Advisers, 55-56
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Alumni Council, 11
Alumni Office, 27, 55
Arthur H oyt Scott Horticultural Foun
dation, 50-51
Art History, 80-82
Art, Studio, 83
Arts Center, 51
Astronomical Observatory, 48, 84
Astronomy, Courses in, 84-85
Athletic Fields, see Map, 196
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 70
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 56
Awards and Prizes, 74-76, 190-191
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 72
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 72
Barnard Music Fund, 52
Bartol Research Foundation, 48
Benjamin W est House, 51, 196
Benjamin W est Lecture, 51
Biology, Courses in, 86-91
Board o f Managers, Committees of, 9,
10
Board o f Managers, Members, of, 8, 9
Botany, Courses in, 88-89
Buildings, see Map, 196
Calendar, College, 5-6
Chemistry, Courses in, 92-95
Churches, 54
Classics, Courses in, 96-100
Collection Attendance, Regulation con
cerning, 54, 70
College Entrance Examinations, 33-34
College Jobs, 47
Committees o f the Board o f Managers,
9, 10
Committees o f the Faculty, 22-23
Comprehensive Examination, 63, 72
Computer Center, 51
Cooper (W illiam J.) Foundation, 49-50
Cooperation with Neighboring Institu
tions, 68
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Course Advisers, 55, 63
Courses o f Instruction, 79-182
Curriculum, 62ff
Cutting (Bronson M .) Collection, 51
Degrees Offered, 72-74
Degrees Conferred, 186-189
Dining Hall, 53
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 34
Distinction in course, 65
Divisions and Departments, 23
Dormitories, 53
Dramatics, 59
duPont (Pierre S.) Science Building,
48
Economics, Courses in, 101-103
Education, Courses in, 172, 176
Educational Program, 62ff
Emeritus Professors, 13
Engineering, Courses in, 104-116
Engineering, Degrees in, 63, 72-74, 104
English Literature, Courses in, 117-121
Entrance Requirements, 32-35
Examination Regulations, 71-72
Examinations, College Board, 33-34
Exclusion from College, 72
Expenses, 36
Extra-Curricular Activities, 58
Faculty, Members of, 13-21
Faculty Regulations, 56, 70-72
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 36, 73
Fellowships, 76-77
Financial A id, 37
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign Language Requirements, 63-64
Foreign Students, 192
Foreign Study, 68-69
Fraternities, 60
French, Courses in, 136-139
Friends Historical Library, 25, 48
Friends Meeting, 54
Geographical Distribution o f Students,
192
193
Index
Pre-Medical Program, 67
Prizes, 74-75, 191
Program of Study , 62-67
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 6364
For Juniors and Seniors, 64-67
Honors Work*’ 65-67
Pre-Medical Program, 67
Psychology, Courses in, 172-178
Public Speaking Prizes, 75, 191
German
Language
and
Literature,
Courses in, 139-142
Grades, 70
Graduate Study, 73-74
Graduation, Requirements For, 72
Greek Language and Literature, Courses
in, 96
Health, Care o f Students, 54-55
History, Courses in, 122-126
Honors, Reading for, 65-67
Honors Examiners, 184-185
Housing, 53
Religion, Courses in, 153-157
Religious Life, 52
Requirements for Admission, 32-34
Requirements for Graduation, 72
Residence, Regulations concerning, 53
Rhodes Scholarship Trust, 2
Russian, Courses in, 142-143
Insurance, 53
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 37, 55
International Relations, Courses in, 127,
166
Scholarships, 37-46
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 33-34
Scott (Arthur H oyt) Horticultural Foun
dation, 50
Sharpies D ining Hall, 53
Social Committee, 58
Sociology and Anthropology, 179-182
Spanish, Courses in, 144-145
Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial
Fund, 52
Sproul Observatory, 48, 84
States, Summary o f Students by, 192
Student Activities Bulletin, 60
Student Council, 57
Student Employment, 47
Studio Arts, 83
Study Abroad, 68-69
Summer School W ork, 72
Swarthmore College Peace Collection,
25, 48
Language Laboratory, 51
Latin Language and Literature, Courses
in, 97-98
Libraries, 25, 48
Linguistics, 136
Loans to Students, 46
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map o f College Grounds, 195
Martin Biological Laboratory, 48
Mathematics, Courses in, 128-132
McCabe Library, 48
Meeting House, 54, 196
Men’s Student Government, 57
Music, Courses in, 146-149
National Scholarships, 38
News Office, 55
Objectives and Purposes, 30
Observatory, Astronomical, 48, 84
Overstreet Fund, 52
Tarble Social Center, 57
Theater W orkshop, 120
Transfer, Application for, 35
Tuition and Other Fees, 36
Philosophy, Courses in, 150-157
Physical Education for Men, 158-159
Physical Education for W om en, 160-161
Physical Education Requirements, 72,
Vocational Advising, 55
158-161
Physics, Courses in, 162-165
Plan o f College Grounds, 196
Poetry workshop, 120
Political Science, Courses in, 166-171
Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature,
51
West', Benjamin, Lecture, 51
W om en’s Student Government Associa
tion, 58
W orth Health Center, 54
Zoology, Courses in, 89-91
194
Swarthmore Gollege grounds
Key to the Map
Parrish H all
Parrish H all A nn ex
D uPont Science Building
H icks H all
Bartol Foundation
President’ s H ouse
W w ittier H ouse
Friends M eeting H ouse
Siim enl A rts Center
fear son T heatre
vilcox Gallery
T rfyter H all
B eardsley H all
Mafrtin Building and Anim al Labor
atory
Shfarples P ool
Hwill Gymnasium
Scmott Foundation Building
Scmott O utdoor Auditorium
SMrroul O bservatory
Cglothier M em orial
AcCabe Library
Smtudents Observatory
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Bond M em orial and Lodges
Benjamin W est H ouse
W orth H ealth Center
Tarble Social Center
Sharpies D ining H all
Lam b-M iller Field H ouse
C lothier Fields
Prep Gymnasium
Barn
Service Building
H eating Plant
H ockey Fields
Tennis Courts
H ydraulic Laboratory
Dorlmitories
Fraternity Lodges
A Domna D orm itory
B UW allowell D orm itory
C
barton H all
W illets D orm itory
W orth D orm itory
Palmer H all
i G Pittenger H all
H Roberts H all
J Ashton H ouse
K W oolm an H ouse
L Robinson H ouse
M Mary Lyon Buildings
P Professors’ Residences
Q Em ployees’ H ouses
a Kappa Sigma Pi
b' Tau Alpha Omicron
c Phi Sigma Kappa
d D elta Upsilon
e Phi Omicron Psi
195
Catalogue Issue
September 1968
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE BULLETIN
Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore,
Pennsylvania 19081. Return requested.
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1968-1969
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1968 - 1969
200 pages
reformatted digital